Manual Polycom 1500

1124 pages 28.7 mb
Download

Go to site of 1124

Summary
  • Polycom 1500 - page 1

    [Type the document title ] Polycom Document Title 1    Version 8.1 | June 2013 | DOC2720 B Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’s Guide ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 2

    © 2013 Polycom, Inc. All rights reserved. Polycom, Inc. 6001 America Center Drive San Jose CA 95002 USA No part of this document may be reproduced or tran smitted in any form or by any means, el ectronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express wri tten permission of Polycom, Inc. Under the law, reproducing includes translating in to an ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 3

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc i T able of Content s RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/40 00 Overview . . . . . 1-1 About the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/40 00 Administrator’s Guide ................. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... ... .. 1-1 Who Sho ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 4

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide ii Polycom, Inc Defining AVC CP Conferencing Profiles ...... .............. .............. .............. .............. .... 2-27 Defining a Video Switching Conference Profile ................. ............... .............. ......... 2-59 H.264 High Profile Support i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 5

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc iii Setting the Maximum CP Resolution for C onferencing ............ .............. ...... 3-20 Minimum Frame Rate Threshold for SD Resolution ................... .............. ...... 3-20 H.264 High Profile System Flags (Version 7. 0.1 only) .......... .............. ............ 3-20 Additional Video Resolutions i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 6

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide iv Polycom, Inc Auto Scan and C ustomized Polling in Video La yout (CP Only) .............. .............. ....... 4-38 Guidelines .......... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. ....... .. 4-38 Enabl ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 7

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc v Multiple Cascade Links ....... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... ... 4-63 Guidelines ............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ 4-63 Enabling and Using Multi ple Cascade Links .. ..... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 8

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide vi Polycom, Inc Basic Cascading ... .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ......... ..... ... 5-4 Basic Cascading using IP Cascaded Link ....................... .............. .............. .......... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 9

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc vii Call Flows ......................... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. . 7-11 SIP Factories .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ......... 7-13 Creating SIP Factories ....... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 10

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide viii Polycom, Inc Reservations .......... .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. ..............9-2 Using the Reservation Calendar ...... .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 11

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc ix Exporting Conference Templates ......................... .............. .............. .............. .......... 11-14 Exporting All Conference Templates from an MCU ................ ................. .... 11-14 Exporting Selected Conference Templates ...... ............... .............. .............. .... 11-15 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 12

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide x Polycom, Inc Users, Connections, and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1 Users .......... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. ............ ........... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 13

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xi ISDN/PSTN Network Services .......... ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ....... 16-44 Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Servic es ......... .............. .............. ....... 16-45 Obtaining ISDN/PSTN req uired informatio n ................. .............. ............ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 14

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xii Polycom, Inc IVR Services Toolbar ...... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .........17-2 Adding Languages ................. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... ........ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 15

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xiii Direct IP Dialing ................ .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. ...... 19 -6 Dial-out Calls .......... ............ .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ 19-6 Dial-in Calls ............. ......... .... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 16

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xiv Polycom, Inc Status Bar .................. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .......20-11 Address Book .. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 17

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xv Guidelines ............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .......... 21-23 Port Usage Threshold ..................... .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. .... 21-23 Setting the Port Usage Threshold ................... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 18

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xvi Polycom, Inc Main Screen Banner ....................... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............21-59 Software Management ......................... .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .......2 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 19

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xvii Certificate Manage ment ... ................. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ 23 -5 (PKI) Public Key Infrastructure ................... .............. ............... .............. .............. ...... 23-5 Adding Certificates to the Certificat e Reposito ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 20

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xviii Polycom, Inc MS Active Directory Integration .................... ... .............. .............. .............. .............23-32 Directory and Database Options ....................... .............. .............. .............. .............23-32 Ultra Secu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 21

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xix Viewing the Properties of RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Hardware Components ...... ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. ............ 24-3 Viewing the Properties of RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 Hardware Components ...... ....... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 22

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xx Polycom, Inc Enabling External Database Validation fo r Conferences Access .......... ........D-10 Appendix E - Participant Properties Advanced Chann el Information . . . . . E-1 Appendix F - Secure Communication Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 23

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xxi Dialing to an Entry Queue, Meetin g Room or Conference Using the Matched URI Method ...................... .............. .............. .............. .............. ........... H-12 Setting the Numerical Dial ing Me thod .... .............. .............. .............. .............. ........ H-13 Setting the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 24

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xxii Polycom, Inc Guidelines .......... .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............. H-52 Configuring the MCU for Content Sharing via the Polycom C S S Plug-in ... ..... H-52 Setting the System Flag .. ....... ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 25

    T able of Contents Polycom, Inc xxiii Administration .......... .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. .............. .............. ... ....... I-13 Gatekeepers .......... .............. .............. .............. .............. ............... .............. .............. ...... .I - 1 3 Standalone Polycom ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 26

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide xxiv Polycom, Inc CTS Participants .......................... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .... I-46 Lync Participants (RTV) ............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .... I-47 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 27

    Polycom, Inc. 1-1 1 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Overview About the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/ 2000/4000 Administrator ’ s Guide The Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Serv er (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 A dministrator’s Guide provides instructions for conf iguring, deploying, and administering Polycom Mu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 28

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 1-2 Polycom, Inc. • Perform basic configuration procedures. • Start a new confere nce and connect participants/endpoints to it. • Monitor ongoing conferences • Perform basic operations and monitoring tasks The Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Ser ve ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 29

    Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-3 About the Polycom® RealPresen ce Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 System The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 system is a high performance, scalable, IP-network (H.323 and SIP ) and ISDN/PSTN MCU that provides feature-rich a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 30

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 1-4 Polycom, Inc. The following diagram de scribes the multipoint video conferencing configuration with the Collaboration Server as a standalone system. Figure 1- 1 Multipoint Video Conferencing using a Polycom Collaboration Server The RealPresence Collaborat ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 31

    Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-5 Network Services Guidelines IP Networks In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 and RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000, system management and IP conferencing are performed via a single LAN port. Management uses Lan1 and IP ne twork Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 32

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 1-6 Polycom, Inc. Viewing the Card Configuration Mode The Card Configuration Mode is determined accordi ng to the inst alled media card. The Licensing Mode and the Car d Configuration Mode for your MCU can be viewed in the System Information dialog box (go to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 33

    Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-7 Support of Symmetric HD Resolutions Support of symmetric HD video resolutions HD 1080p30 and HD 720p60 . w448 Resolution support Improves interoperabil ity with T andberg MXP 990/300 0 endpoints providing these endpoints the resolution of W448p (768x448 pi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 34

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 1-8 Polycom, Inc. W orkst ation Requirement s The Collaboration Server Web Client and RMX Manager applications can be in stalled in an environment that meets the following requirements: • Minimum Hardware – Intel® Pentium® III, 1 GHz or higher, 1024 MB ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 35

    Chapter 1-RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Overview Polycom, Inc. 1-9 For Windows 7™ Security Settings, see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide , " Microsoft Windows 7™ Security Settings” on page 1-1 4 . For Internet Explorer 8 configuration, see the Polycom Rea ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 36

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 1-10 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 37

    Polycom, Inc. 2-1 2 Conference Profiles Profiles stored on the Collaboration Server en able you to define all types of conferences. Profiles include conference par ameters such as Conferen cing Mode, Conference Se ssion Type, Conference Line Rate, video and Cont ent shari ng resolutions and settings, Video Layout, Encryption, Lost Pa cket Recovery ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 38

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-2 Polycom, Inc. All endpoints that do not support the H. 264 SVC protocol su ch as H.263, H.264, or RTV, are considered AVC endpoints. The MCU process the received video, transcodes it and send the resulti ng video streams to the endpoints. The video process ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 39

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-3 * Entry Queue & Destination Conference must have t he same profile (i.e. SVC only to SVC only , Mixed CP and SVC to Mixed CP and SVC) ** Only Basic Cascading is available *** For A VC, the LPR error resiliency is used, however for SVC endpoints, new error resiliency methods are used. Dial Out  ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 40

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-4 Polycom, Inc. A VC Conferencing - V ideo Session T ypes All endpoints have AVC capabilities and can connect to AV C conferences running on the MCU. AVC-based Endpoints can connect using different si gnaling pr otocols and different video protocols. Based o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 41

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-5 Figure 2-1 A VC Continuous Presence (CP) vi deo streams and built l ayouts Video quality in Continuous Presence conference s is affected by the confe rence line rate (that determines the maximum line rate to be used by the connecting endpoints), and the video capabilities of the endpoints such as the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 42

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-6 Polycom, Inc. • H.263 - a video compression algorithm that prov ides a better video quality than H.261. This standard is not supported by all endpoints. • H.264 Base Profile - a video compression standard that offers improved vide o quality, especially ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 43

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-7 — HD1080p60 — H.264 1080p30 — H.264 720p30 — H.264 720p60 — H.264 SD 30 — H.264 CIF (f rom version 7.6) — H.263 CIF (f rom version 7.6) — H.261 CIF (f rom version 7.6) • Video Switching conferencing mode is unavailable to ISDN participants. • Video Switching uses fewe r system res ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 44

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-8 Polycom, Inc. • To connect to a Video Switching conference via Entry Queue, the Profile assigned to the Entry Queue mu st be set to Vi deo Switching. It is recommended to use the same profile for both the destinati on conference and Entry Queue. •T h e ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 45

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-9 A VC Conferencing Parameters When defining a new video Profile, you sele ct the parameters that dete rmine the video display on the particip ant’s endpoint and the quality of the video. When defining a new conference Pr ofile, the system uses default va lues for Continuous Presence (CP) standard co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 46

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-10 Polycom, Inc. — Standard Definition (SD) - A high quality video protocol which uses the H.264 and H.264 High Profile video algorithms . It enables compliant endpoints to connect to Continuous Presence conference s at resolutions of 720 x 576 pixels for ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 47

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-11 • Telepres ence Mode (CP Confe rences only) - enables the connection of numerous high definition telepresence rooms and of differen t models (such as TPX and RPX) into one conference maintaining the telepresence experience. This mode is enabled by a special license. TIP Support TIP is a proprietar ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 48

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-12 Polycom, Inc. This Profile is automaticall y assigned to the following conferencing entities: Content Protocol H.264 HD Send Content to legacy endpoints Enabled Presentation Mode Disabled Same Layout Disabled Lecturer View Switching Disabled T elepresence ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 49

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-13 SVC-based Conferencing The SVC-Based conferencing mode provides vi deo without transcoding by the MCU, hence requiring less vide o resources while providing better error resiliency and lower latency. Using the SVC video protocol, SVC conference s provide video bit streams at different resolutions, f ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 50

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-14 Polycom, Inc. The video streams displayed in the co nference la yout on each endpoint is obtained from the different streams received from each of the endpoints displayed in the layout. Depending on the size of the video cell in th e configured layout, th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 51

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-15 — Polycom SVC-enabled endpoints (Polycom® RealPresence® Desktop, Polycom® RealPresence® Mobile) — Ad Hoc conferencing via Meeting Rooms and ongoing conferences • SVC Only conferences can run on the same MCU as AVC Only conferences. • All the endpoints participatin g in a single SVC Only ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 52

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-16 Polycom, Inc. — Skins. The video cells are displayed on the endpoint’s default background. — IVR functionality — Conference Gathering phase — Password protected conferences as DTMF input for passwords cannot be processed — All DTMF enabled fea ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 53

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-17 Line Rate 1920Kbps Video Switching Disabled Operator Conference Not supported Encryption Disabled Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Not supported Auto T e rminate • After last p articipant quits - Enabled • When last participant remains - Disabled Auto Redialing Not supported Exclusive C on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 54

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-18 Polycom, Inc. Mixed CP and SVC Conferencing In a mixed CP (AVC) and SVC conference , AVC-based endpoints and SVC-enabled endpoints can be supported in the same conference. In a mixed CP (AVC) and SVC conference, SVC endpoints transmit multiple resolutions ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 55

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-19 The following diagram illustra tes an example of a mixed CP and SVC conferencing mode: In this example, an SVC endpoint ( 1 ) r eceives three video streams at different frame rates and resolutions, and creates the conference la yout with the received video streams. The video bit stream that the SVC ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 56

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-20 Polycom, Inc. Video Switching Disabl ed Operator Conference Disabled Encryption Enabled Packet Loss Compensation (LPR and DBA) Enabled for A VC p articipant s only Auto T e rminate • After last p articipant quit s - Enabled • When last participant rem ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 57

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-21 This Profile is automatically as signed to the following conferencing entities: Resource Cap acities for Mixe d CP a nd SVC Conferences In a mixed CP and SVC conference, v ideo resources are allocated according to the MCU type and the translation pools (AVC to SVC and SVC to AVC) used to convert vid ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 58

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-22 Polycom, Inc. The following table describes an example of the resource capacity allocations for the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX): The first four resource types in the resource ca pacity allocations table are endpoints in a CP only conference or ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 59

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-23 The following diag ram illustrates the amount of AVC to SVC port resources that are used in an actual mixed CP and SVC conference: ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 60

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-24 Polycom, Inc. V iewing Profiles Conference Profiles are listed in the Conference Profiles list pane. To list Conference Profiles: 1 In the RMX Management pane, ex pand the Rarely Used list. 2 Click the Conference Profiles button. The Conference Profiles a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 61

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-25 Profiles T oolbar The Profile toolbar prov ides quick access to the Profile functions: Modifying an Existing Profile You can modify any of the Profile’s parameters but you cannot rename the Profile . To modify the Profil e Properties: 1 In the Conference Profiles list, double -click the Profi le i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 62

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-26 Polycom, Inc. Deleting a Conference Profile To delete a Conference Profile: 1 In the Conference Profiles list, select the Conference Profile you want t o delete. 2 Click the Delete Profil e () button. or Right-click the Conference Profile to be deleted an ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 63

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-27 In MPM+ Card Configuration Mode , the Site Names are configured and behave as in version 7.6 and earlie r. The following Profile Definition procedure assumes that the Collaboration Server is in MPMx Mode. Differences in the procedure that are affected by the Card Configuration Mode wil l be highligh ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 64

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-28 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: T able 2-12 New A VC CP Profile - General Para meters Field/Optio n Description Display Name Enter a unique Profile name, as follows: • English tex t uses ASCII ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 65

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-29 4 Click th e Advanced tab. The New Profile – Advanced dialog box opens. Operator Conference (CP Only) Select this option to define the profile of an Oper ator conference. An Operator conference can only be a Continuous Presence conference , therefore whe n selected, the V ideo Switch ing option is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 66

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-30 Polycom, Inc. 5 Define the following par ameters: T able 2-13 New A VC CP Profile - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Encryp tion Select the Encryption option for the conference: • Encrypt All - Encryption is enabled for the conference an d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 67

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-31 Auto Redialing The Auto Redialing option instru cts the Collaboration Server to automati cally redial H.323 and SI P particip ants that have been abnormally disconnected from th e conference. • Auto Redialing is disabled by default. • Auto Redialing can be enabled or disabled during a n ongoing ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 68

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-32 Polycom, Inc. 6 For CP Conferences only: Click the Gathering Settings tab. 7 Optional. Define the following fields if the conference is not launched by the Polycom Conferencing Add-in for Microsoft Outlook : FW NA T Keep Alive The MCU can be configured to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 69

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-33 For mo re inform ation see " Gathering Phase” on p age 4-35 . T able 2-14 New A VC CP Profile - Gathering Settings Parameters Field Description Display Name This field is defined when the Profile is created. Fo r more information see the " Defining New Profiles” on page 2-26 . Enable G ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 70

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-34 Polycom, Inc. 8 Click the Video Qualit y tab. The New Profile – Video Quali ty dialog box opens. 9 Define the following par ameters: T able 2-15 New A VC CP Profile - Video Quality Parameters Field/Optio n Description People V i deo Definition Video Qua ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 71

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-35 Maximum Resolution This setting overrides the Maximum Resolution setting of the Resolution Configu ration dia log box. The administrator can select one of the foll owing Maximum Resolution o ptions: • Auto (default) - The Maximum Resolution remains as selected in the Resolution Configuration di al ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 72

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-36 Polycom, Inc. Content V ideo Definition Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content cha nnel: • Graphics — basic mode, intended for normal graphics • Hi-res G raphics (A VC CP Only) — a higher bit rate intended for high resolutio ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 73

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-37 Content Protocol Select the Content Protocol to be used for content sharing in Highest Common Content Sh aring Mode. • H.263 (A VC CP only) • Content is shared using the H.2 63 protocol. • Use this option when most of the endpoints support H.263 and some endpoints support H.264 . • H.263 &am ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 74

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-38 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Video Sett ings tab. The New Profile - Video Sett ings dialog box opens. 11 Define the video display mode and layout us ing the following parameters: Send Co ntent to Legacy Endpoints (continued) • If the Send Content to Legac ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 75

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-39 Lecture View Switching Select this option to enable automatic switching of participant s on the Lecturer ’s screen when Le cture Mode is enabl ed for the conference. The automatic switching is enabled wh en the number of participant s exceeds the number of video windows displaye d on the Lecturer ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 76

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-40 Polycom, Inc. T elepresence Mode (CP onl y) Select the T elepresence Mode from the drop-down menu : • Off - Normal conference video is sent by the Collaborati on Server. • Auto (Default) - If any ITP ( Immersive T elepresence ) endpoints are detected, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 77

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-41 In layout 2+8, the two central windows displa y the last two speakers in the conference: the current speaker and the “previous” speake r. To mini mize the changes in the la yout, when a new speaker is identified the “previou s” speaker is replaced by the new speaker while the current speaker ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 78

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-42 Polycom, Inc. 12 To select the Video Layout for the conference, click the required number of windows from the layouts bar and then select the windows array. The selected layout is displaye d in the Video Layout pane. T a ble 2-18 Video Layout Options Numb ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 79

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-43 13 Click th e Audio Settings tab. The New Profile - Audio Settings dialog box opens. 14 Define the following parameter s: T a ble 2-19 New AVC CP Profile - Audio Settings Pa rameters Field/Option Description Echo Suppression This option is activated only in MPM+ Card Configuration Mode . When enable ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 80

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-44 Polycom, Inc. Audio Clarity When selected, improves received audio from participants connected via low audio bandwidth connections, by stretching the fidelity of the narrowband te lephone connection to improve call clarity . • The enhanceme nt is applie ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 81

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-45 Mute participant except lecturer (continued) • When you disconnect a lecturer from the conference or th e lecturer leaves the conference, al l participants remain muted but are able to view participant s in regular video layout until th e you disable the Mute Participants Except Lecturer option. ? ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 82

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-46 Polycom, Inc. 15 For CP Conferences only: Click the Skins tab to modify the background and frames. The New Profile - Skins dialog box opens. 16 Select one of the Skin options. 17 Click IVR tab. In Classic View (for the first two skin options) the frames f ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 83

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-47 The New Profile - IVR dialog box opens. 18 If required, set the following pa rameters: T a ble 2-20 New AVC CP Profile - IVR Parameters Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service The default conference IVR Servic e is selected. Y o u can select another conference IV R Service if required. Confe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 84

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-48 Polycom, Inc. 19 Optional . Click the Recording tab to enable conference recording with Polyc om RSS 2000/4000 . The New Profile - Recording tab opens. 20 Define the following par ameters: T erminate conference after chairperson leaves Select this check b ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 85

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-49 Recording Link Select the Recording Link to be used fo r conference recording. Recording L inks defined on the Collabora tion Server can be given a descriptive name and can be associated with a Virtual Recording Room (VRR) saved on the Polycom® RSS™ 4000 V e rsion 6.0 Recording an d S treaming Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 86

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-50 Polycom, Inc. 21 For MPMx Card Configuratio n Mode and CP Conferences only: Click the Site Names tab to display the Site Names dialog box. Using the Site Name dialog box, you can control the display of the site names by defining the font, size, colo r, ba ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 87

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-51 Font Size Click the arrows to adjust the font size (in points) for the Site Names display . Range: 9 - 32 points Default: 12 Note: Choose a Font Size that is suitable for viewing at the conference’s video resolution. For example, if the reso lution is CIF , a larger Font Size should be selected fo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 88

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-52 Polycom, Inc. Display Posit ion Select the pre-set positio n for the display of the Site Names. Selection Site Names Position LeftT op (Defa ult) T op RightT op LeftMiddle RightMiddle T a ble 2-22 New A V C CP Profile - Site Names Parameters (Continued) F ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 89

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-53 Display Position (cont.) LeftBottom Bottom RightBottom Custom The current Site Name s display position becomes the initial position for Site Names position adjustments using the Horizontal and Ve r t i c a l Position sliders. Horizontal Position Move the slider to the left to move the horizontal pos ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 90

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-54 Polycom, Inc. 22 For CP Conferences only: Click the Message Overlay tab to display the Message Overlay dialog box. Background T ransparency Move the slider to the left to decrease the transparency of the background of the Site Names text . 0 = No transpar ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 91

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-55 Message Overlay enables you to send text me ssages to all par ticip ants during ongoing Continuous Presence conferences. The text message i s seen as pa rt of the in the participant’s video layout on the endpoint screen or desktop display. For more details, see " Message Overlay for Text Mess ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 92

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-56 Polycom, Inc. Color From the drop-down menu select the color and background of the Message Overlay display text. The choices are: Default: White T ext on Re d Background. V ertical Position ( MPMx Card Configuration Mode Only) Move the slider to the right ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 93

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-57 As the fields ar e modified the Preview changes to show the effect of the changes. For example: 23 Click th e Network Services ta b. The New Profile - Network Services tab opens. Registration of conferencing entities such as ongoing conferences, Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues, SIP Factor ies and Gatewa ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 94

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-58 Polycom, Inc. 24 Define the following par ameters: 25 Click OK to complete the Profile definition. A new Profile is created and added to the Conference Profiles list. T a ble 2-24 New A VC CP Profile - Network Services Parameters Parameter Description IP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 95

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-59 Defining a V ideo Switch ing Conference Profile A Video Switching-enabled Profile must be created prior to running Video S witching conferences. Video Switching conferences and Meeting Rooms are created by selecting a Video Switching-enabled Profile a nd must be set to th e same line rate as the tar ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 96

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-60 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the Profile name and, if required, the Profile - General parameters: T a ble 2-25 New A V C Profile (VSW) - General Parameters Field/Optio n Description Display Name Enter a unique Profile name, as follows: • English tex t uses AS ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 97

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-61 Video Switching This check box is automatically selected when the Conferencing Mode is set to Video Switching. Select the video protocol and resolution for the conferen ce. • Select the video protocol and resoluti on for the conference. Resolutions suppo rted by MP M+ and MPMx cards only: • H.26 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 98

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-62 Polycom, Inc. When Video Switching is selected for the conference, the following options are not available : — Operator Conference — Gathering Phase — Video Settin gs: • Presentation Mode • Send Content To Legacy Endpoints • Auto Layout/Same L ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 99

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-63 Minimum Threshold Line Rate System Flags The following table lists the Syst em Flags that control the minimum threshold line rate for the various resolutions available for High Profile- enabled VSW conferences. • Line rate and resolution combinations are checked f or validity. If the s elected lin ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 100

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-64 Polycom, Inc. Defining SVC Conferencing Profiles To define SVC Only Profile: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click Conference Prof iles . 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profile button. The New Profile – General dialog bo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 101

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-65 The profile tabs and options change a ccording ly and only su pported options are available for selection. Unsupported options are disabled (grayed out). 4 Define the Profile name and, if requir ed, the Profile - General parameters: T a ble 2-27 New SVC Profile - General Parameters Field/Option Desc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 102

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-66 Polycom, Inc. 5 Click the Advanced tab. The New Profile – Advanc ed dialog box opens. Routing Name Enter the Pr ofile name using ASCII characters set. The Routing Name can be defi ned by the user or automatically generated by the system if no Routing Na ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 103

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-67 6 Define the following supporte d parameters: T a ble 2-28 New SVC Profile - Advanced Parameters Field/Option Description Encryption Select the Encryption op tion for the confer ence: • Encrypt All - Encryption is enabled for the conference and all conference participants must be encrypted. • No ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 104

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-68 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the Video Qualit y tab. The New Profile – Video Quali ty dialog box opens. 8 In SVC Profiles, the video and Content sharin g parameters cannot be modified and they are set to the following parameters: T a ble 2-29 New SVC Profile - ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 105

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-69 9 Click th e Video Se ttings tab. By default, the layout is set to Auto Layout and it cannot be changed. All other video settings options are unavaila ble in SVC Only conferences. 10 Click th e Audio Settings tab. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 106

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-70 Polycom, Inc. All the Audio options are disa bled in SVC Only Profiles. 11 Click the IVR tab. 12 If required, set the following para meters: T a ble 2-30 New AVC CP Profile - IVR Parameters Field/Optio n Description Conference IVR Service The default conf ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 107

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-71 The following IVR features are not supported during SVC conferences: — Roll Call — Invite Participants — Entry and Exit tones — Click & View — PCM 13 Click th e Network Services ta b. The New Profile - Network Services tab opens. Registration of conferencing en tities such as ongoing c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 108

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-72 Polycom, Inc. enabled by assigning a conference Profil e in which registration is configured for the required conferencing entities . Assigning a conference Prof ile in wh ich registration is not configure for conferencing entities will prevent them fr om ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 109

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-73 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profi le button. The New Profile - General d ialog box is displaye d. 3 In the Conferencing Mode list, select CP and SVC to defi ne a mixed AVC and SVC conference. For a detailed description of the CP and SVC Profile options refer to " Defining A ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 110

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-74 Polycom, Inc. Guidelines •T h e Overlay Layouts are supported: — With MPMx cards only. — In Collaboration Server CP Conferencing Mode only. — With ITP , n on -ITP and CTS endpoints used only as standa rd endpoints. — With both new and classic Sk ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 111

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-75 • Overlay Layouts are not available for selection whe n using PCM or Click&View . • PCM menus are available when the Overlay Layouts are active, and they are displayed as the top level o verlay PCM is not supported when the Collaboration Se rver is in Ultra Secure Mode . For more information ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 112

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-76 Polycom, Inc. Selecting the Overlay Layouts The Overlay Layouts are se lected in the New Profile - Video Settings dialog box, in the Overlay tab of the Video Layout tree. New T ab: Overlay 1 St andalone Endpoint 2 St andalone Endpoint s 3 St andalone Endp ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 113

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-77 Site Names Definition Using the Site Name dialog box, you can c ontrol the displa y of the site names by defining the font, size, color, background color an d trans parency and position within the Video Window . Guidelines •O n l y MPMx cards are supported. • Site Names display is Off by default ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 114

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-78 Polycom, Inc. — Picture Skins - Site Names text is displayed with a background. •I n MPMx Card Configuration Mode, the S ite Names tab options replace the functionality of the System Flags that were used in versions 7.6 and earlier (as for MPM+). •I ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 115

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-79 Site Names Display Position The Site Names display position is controlled us ing three fields in the Site Names tab: • Display Positi on drop-down menu • Horizontal Position slider • Vertic al Positi on slider Using these three fields, the position at which the Site Na mes are displayed in the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 116

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-80 Polycom, Inc. The Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders are automatically adjusted to match the Display Position drop-down menu preset selection. Moving the Horizontal and Vertical Position sliders >> Drag the Horizontal and Vertical Position sli ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 117

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-81 • Messag es Overlay can be enabled or disabled during the ongoing conference. •T e x t m e s s a g e s Conte nt can be changed on the fly during the ongoing co nference. • Message Overlay text message s are supported in Unicode or ASCII characters. • The number of characters for each languag ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 118

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-82 Polycom, Inc. Chinese Font T ypes On an RMX with an MPMx card a user can sele ct one of seve ral Chinese fonts for use when sending text over video. New fonts can be selected with the following features: •S i t e N a m e s •M e s s a g e O v e r l a y ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 119

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-83 • A participant moved to another conference will be shown the font used by the new conference, even if the conf eren ces use different fonts. Exporting and Importing Conference Profiles Conference Profiles can be exported from one MCU and imported to multiple MCUs in your environment, enabling you ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 120

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-84 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Export Conf erence Profil es button or right-click the Conference Profiles pane, and then click Export Conference Profiles . The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is dis played. 4 In the Export Path field, click Browse to na ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 121

    Chapter 2-Confere nce Profiles Polycom, Inc. 2-85 The Conference Profile - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, click Browse to navigate to the location of the desired path where you want to save the exported file. 4 In the Profiles file name field, type the file name prefix. The file name suffix (_confProfiles.xml) is predef ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 122

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 2-86 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Import Conference Profiles button or right-click the Conference Profiles pane, and then click Import Conference Profiles . The Conference Profile - Import dialog box is displaye d. 4 In the Import P ath field, click Browse to nav ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 123

    Polycom, Inc. 3-1 3 V ideo Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing V ideo Resolutions in A VC-based CP Conferencing The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 always attempts to connect to endpoints at the highest line rate defined fo r the conference. If the connection cannot be established using the conference l ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 124

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-2 Polycom, Inc. Video Display with CIF , SD and HD Video Connections Although any combination of CIF, SD and HD connections is support ed in all CP conferences, the following rules apply: • In a 1X1 Video Layo ut : — SD: If the speaker transmits CIF, the MCU wi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 125

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-3 — For Content Sharing — As an RSS 4000 Recording link — With Video Preview • HD108060 is su pported — In Continuous Presence ( CP ) mode: • In both Video Quality mo des (Motion or Sharpness) • With the maximum bit rate up to 4 Mbps • With s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 126

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-4 Polycom, Inc. The Collaboration Server Web Client supports monitoring of H.263 4CIF information. The H.245 or SDP tab includes the additional information. The creation of a new H.263 4CIF slide is suppo rted in the IVR Service in addition to the current H.263 IVR ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 127

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-5 • A different deci sion matrix is us ed for Motion and Sha rpness as the qual ity requireme nts are different. By default, the sys tem shipped with three pre-def ined settings of the decision matrix for H.264 Base Profile and three pre-defined settings o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 128

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-6 Polycom, Inc. H.264 Base Profile Decision Matrix The following illustrations show th e resolutions used for the various Line Rates for each of the pre-defined optimization settings for H.264 Base Profile and Video Quality setting Sharpness and Motion for MPM+ and ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 129

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-7 Figure 3-2 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configur ation is set to Resource- Quality Balanced Confi guration in Sharpness and Motion Mode, MPMx Figure 3-3 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configur ation is set to Resource Op ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 130

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-8 Polycom, Inc. Figure 3-4 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Reso lution Configuration is set to Resource Optimized Configuration in Sh arpness and Motion Mode, MPMx Figure 3-5 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configuration is set to Quality Optim ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 131

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-9 Figure 3-6 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configur ation is set to Quality Optimized Config uration in Sharpness and Moti on Mode, MPMx ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 132

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-10 Polycom, Inc. H.264 High Profile De cision Matrices (MPMx) The following illustrations show th e resolutions used for the various Line Rates for each of the pre-defined optimization settings for H.264 High Profile and Video Quality setting Sharpness and Motion f ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 133

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-11 Figure 3-9 Resolutions used per Line Rates When Resolution Configur ation is set to Resource Optimized Config uration in Sharpness and Moti on Mode, MPMx H.264 Base Profile and High Profile Comp arison The following illustrations show a comparison between ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 134

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-12 Polycom, Inc. Figure 3-1 1 Resolution usage for H.264 High Profile and H.264 Base Profile for Motion at various line rates when Resolution Configuration is set to Video Quality Optimized Figure 3- 12 Resolution usage for H.264 High Profile and H.264 Ba se Profil ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 135

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-13 Default Minimum Threshold Line R ates and Resource Usage Summary The following Table summarizes the Default Minimum Threshold Line Rates and Video Resource usage for each of the pre-define d optimization se ttings for each Resolution , H.264 Profile , Vid ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 136

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-14 Polycom, Inc. Resolution Configurati on for CP Conferences The Resolution Configuration dialog box enables Collaborat ion Server administrators to override the default video resolution decision ma trix, effectively creating their own decision matrix. The minimum ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 137

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-15 Modifying the Resolution Config uration in MPM or MPM+ Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration dialog box shown below is di splayed when the Col laboration Server is in MPM , MPM+ or MPMx Card Configuration Mode . The Resolution Configuration ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 138

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-16 Polycom, Inc. Limiting Maximum Resolution Before a selection is made in this pane, the Maximum CP Resolution of the system is determined by the MAX_CP_RESOLUTION System Flag. The MAX_CP_RESOLUTION flag value is applied to the system during First Time Power-on an ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 139

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-17 • Video Qualit y Optimized Video is optimized through higher resolution connections at lower li ne rates increasing the resource usage at lower line r ates. Th is may decrease the number of participant connections. The V ideo Quality Opti mized settings ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 140

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-18 Polycom, Inc. Modifying the Resolution Configuratio n in MPMx Card Configuration Mode The Resolution Configuration - Basic Configuration dialog box is the first dialog box displ ayed when the Collaboration Server is in MPMx Card Configuration Mode. Clicking the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 141

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-19 Maximum CP Resolution Pane In MPMx Car d Configuration Mode the Collaboration Server can be set to one of the following Maximum CP Resolutions : • HD 1080p60 • HD 1080p30 • HD 720p30 •S D 3 0 •C I F 3 0 Limiting Maximum Reso lution Before a sele ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 142

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-20 Polycom, Inc. • High Profile - Endpoints that support H.264 High Profile connect at these minimum threshold bit rates. Although the default minimum th reshold bit rates prov ide acceptable video quality, the u se of higher bit rates usuall y results in better ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 143

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-21 Setting minimum bit rate thresholds that are lower than the default may affect the video quality of endpoints that do not support the H.264 High Profile. Endpoints that do not support H.264 Hi gh Profile will connect according to the minimum bitrate thres ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 144

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-22 Polycom, Inc. Additional V ideo Resolutions in MPM+/MPMx Card Configuration Mode The following higher video q uality resolutions are available when the Colla boration Server is working in MPM+ or MPMx Mode : • CIF 352 x 288 pixels at 50 fps. • WCIF 512 x 288 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 145

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-23 Microsof t RTV Video Protocol Support in CP Conf erences Microsoft RTV ( Real Time Video ) protocol provides high qualit y video conferencing capability to Microsoft OC ( Office Communicator ) Client endpoints at resolutions up to H D720p30 . Interoperabi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 146

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-24 Polycom, Inc. Particip ant Settings When defining a new participant or modi fying an existing partici pant, select SIP as the participant’s networking environment Type in the New Participant or Participant Properti es - General tab . The participants Video Pro ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 147

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-25 Monitoring RTV RTV information appears in all three panes of the Participant Properties - SDP tab. Controlling Resource A llocations for L ync Cl ient s Using RTV Video Protocol The number of resources used by the system to connect a Lync client with RTV ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 148

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-26 Polycom, Inc. To change the default flag setting, add the MAX_R TV_RESOLUTION flag to the System Configuration flags and set its value. For information, see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide , the RealPresence Collaboration Serv ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 149

    Chapter 3-Vide o Protocols and Resolution Configuration for CP Conferencing Polycom, Inc. 3-27 The following table describes the number of allocated video resources for each video resolution when using the RTV protocol. Threshold HD Flag Settings us ing the RTV Video Protocol The system flag MAX_ALLOWED_RTV_H D_FRAME_RATE defines the threshold Fram ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 150

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4 000 Administrator’ s Guide 3-28 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 151

    Polycom, Inc. 4-1 4 Additional Conferencing Information Various conferencing modes and video features requi re additional settings, such as system flag settings, conference parameters and othe r settings. In depth explanations of these additional settings are describe d in the following sections: •" Content Sharing” on page 4-2 •" V ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 152

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-2 Polycom, Inc. Content Sharing Content such as graphics, presentations, docu ments or live video can be shared with conference participants using the H.239 (H.3 23) or BFCP (SIP) protocol, which is the standard protocols for content sharing or Po lycom’s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 153

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-3 • Content sharing is not supported in Mi crosoft ICE environmen t (BFCP protocol). • Video endpoints that do not support SIP C ontent (such as PVX), can receive Content on the People channel if the conference is set to Send Content to Legacy Endpoints . For more details see, &quo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 154

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-4 Polycom, Inc. The Collaboration Server’ s Content sharing determined by the System Flag’s settings and SIP Client capabilities are summarized in Ta b l e 4 - 1 . For more information see " Manually Adding and De le ting System Flags” on page 22 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 155

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-5 Content parameters are defined in the Conference Profiles - Video Quality dialog box. The parameters change according to the Conferencing Mode . A VC CP Conferencing Mode SVC Conferencing Mode ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 156

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-6 Polycom, Inc. 1 In the Content Video Definition section, select the Content Settings and Protocol as follows: T a ble 4-2 H.239 Content Options Field Description Content Settings Select the transmission mode for the Content cha nnel: • Graphics — basi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 157

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-7 2 Click OK. Content Sharing Parameters in Con tent Highest Common (Content V ideo Switching) Mode This section describes the possible conten t sharing parameters when content Highest Common mode is used: • Content Settings • Content Protocol • Content Resolution Content Protoco ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 158

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-8 Polycom, Inc. Content Settings The Content chan nel can transmit one of the followin g modes: • Graphics – for standard graphics. This is the default mode in AVC conferences and the only supported mode for SVC confer ences. • Hi-res Graphics (AVC CP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 159

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-9 Table 4-4 summarizes the Maximum Resolution of Content and Frames per Second (fps) for Bit Rate Allocations to the Content Channel . SVC Only and Mixed CP and SVC Content Setting The Content channel is transmitted in Graphics mode only. Content Protocols Two Content Protocols can be ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 160

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-10 Polycom, Inc. • Endpoints that do not have at least H.263 capability can connect to the conference but cannot share Content . • This option is not available in SVC Conferencing Mode and CP and SVC Conferencing Mode . H.263 (A VC CP Conferen ces) Sele ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 161

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-11 Setting the Minimum Content Rate for Each Content Qualit y Setting for H.264 HD The following System Flags determine the minimum content rate required for endpoints to share H.264 high quality content via the Content channel. A System Flag determines the minimum line rate for each C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 162

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-12 Polycom, Inc. Example Table 4-6 summarizes an example of two participants trying to connect to a conference running at a Line Rate of 1024Kbps. The Content Setting for the conference is Hi Resoluti on Graphics and the H264_HD_HIGHRES_MIN_CONTENT_RATE Sys ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 163

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-13 In SVC Only conferences, endpoints that do not support the require d content parameters ( Content line rate and Content Resolution ) cannot share content. Guidelines • In Cascading conferences, the cascade link must be H.323. • This is the only available Content sharing mode in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 164

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-14 Polycom, Inc. Enabling H.264 Cascad e and SVC Optimized Content Sharin g in A VC CP Conferences When H.264 Cascade and SVC Optimized is selected in AVC CP conference as the Content Protocol , an additional field, Content Resolution is displayed in the Co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 165

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-15 The selection of the appropriate Content Resolution option, when several options are available, should be based on the line rate and capabilities that can be used by most or all endpoints connecting to the conference. Examples: • If the conference Line Rate is 1024 kbps. and •I ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 166

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-16 Polycom, Inc. •I f t h e Content Se ttings selection is Hi Resolution Graphics . — Only HD720/5 can be selected as the Content Resolution with 384 kbps allocated as the conference Content Rate . Only endpoints that connect at a Line Rate of 1024 kbps ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 167

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-17 To Select the Customized Content Rat e: Custom ized Co ntent Rate is enabled in the Profile - Video Quality dialog box. 1 In the Content Settings list, select Customized Content Ra te . When selected, a drop-down menu of the available Conference Content Rates is displayed. These Con ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 168

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-18 Polycom, Inc. 3 If H.264 Cascade and SVC O ptimized is the selected Content Protocol , a Content Resolution must be selected. Table 4-8 lists the Cascade Resolutions available for the various Conference Content Rates . . * The default resolution for all ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 169

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-19 2 In the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab , double-click the MIN_H239_HD1080_RATE entry. The Update Flag dialog box is display ed. 3 In the Value field, enter the minimum line rate at which HD1080 Resolution Conten t will be enabled. — Enter 0 to disable this flag and prevent HD Content from b ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 170

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-20 Polycom, Inc. — If HD1080p15 is provided, 2 H D video re sources are allocated to the conference. • Optionally, Content can be sent at multiple resolu tions to H.26 3 endpoints and H.264 endpoints whose resolution is lower than HD an d support H.263 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 171

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-21 To enable Multiple Content Resolutio ns: 1 In a new or existing Conference Profile , click the Video Qual ity tab. 2 If the Conference Mode is not CP (Continuous Presence), select CP . 3 Select the Multiple Resolutions check box. By default, H.264 is always selected and can not be d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 172

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-22 Polycom, Inc. Guidelines for Sending Content to Legacy End point s • This option is enabled in MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration Mode s only . • This option is valid when sending Content as a separate stream is enabled in the System Configuration and ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 173

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-23 Content Display on Le gacy End point s When Contents is sent to legacy endpoints, their video layout automaticall y changes to a “Content layout” which is defined by the system flag LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEFAULT_LAYOUT and th e Content is shown in the larger/top left (“speaker”) ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 174

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-24 Polycom, Inc. Enabling the Send Content to Leg acy End point s Option The Send Content to Leg acy Endpoint option is enabled in the Confer ence Profile - Video Settings tab. If the Video Switching option is sel ected in the Conference Profile - General t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 175

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-25 3 In the Value field, enter the flag value for the required layout as follows: T ab le 4-9 LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEF AUL T_LA YOUT Flag Values Layout Flag V alue CP_LA YOUT_1X1 CP_LA YOUT _1X2 CP_LA YOUT_ 1X2HOR CP_LA YOUT_1X2VER CP_LA YOUT _2X1 CP_LA YOUT_ 1P2HOR CP_LA YOUT_ 1P2HOR_U P ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 176

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-26 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click OK . The flag is updated in the MCMS_P ARAMETERS list. 5 Click OK . Sending Content to Legacy En d points in T elepresence Mode The Collaboration Server c a n be config ured to manage the layouts of to H.323/SIP/ISD N endpoints that ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 177

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-27 •T h e Exclusive Content Mode is enabled or disabl ed by a check box in the in the Advanced tabs of the Conference Profile . The check box is cleared (featu re is dis abled) by defa ult. • Exclus ive Conte nt Mode can be enabled or disabled duri ng an ongoing conference using th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 178

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-28 Polycom, Inc. •T h e Exclusive Content Mode check box replaces the EXCLUSIVE_CONTENT_ MODE System Flag which was used to control Exclusive Content Mode for the system in previous versions. •I n Exclusive Content Mode , if an endpoint attempts to send ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 179

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-29 • In cascaded conferences, a participant func tioning as the cascade link cannot be given token ownership. Giving and Cancelling T oken Ow nership (A VC Particip ant s) To give token ownership: 1 In the Participants list, rig ht click the AVC- enabled endpoint that is to receive C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 180

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-30 Polycom, Inc. To cancel token ownership: 1 In the Participants list, right click the endp oint that currently has Content Token ownership. 2 Select Cancel Content Token Owner in the drop-down menu . Content Token ownership is cancelled for the endpoint. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 181

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-31 Enter the interval in seconds between the In tra requests sent from the Collaboration Server to the endpoint sending the Content to refresh the Content display. Refresh requests that will be received fr om endp oints within the defined interval will be postponed to the next interval ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 182

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-32 Polycom, Inc. • Video Preview of the video sent from th e conference to the participant is shown according to the line rate and video parameters of the level threshold to which the participant is connected. • In versions up to and including Versi on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 183

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-33 2 In the Open field, type dxdiag and press the Ent er key or click OK . A confirmation message is displayed. 3 Click Yes to run the diagnostics. The DirectX Diagnostic Tool dialog box opens. 4 Click th e Display tab. To be able to display the video preview window, the DirectDraw Acc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 184

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-34 Polycom, Inc. Previewing the Particip ant Video To preview the parti cipant video: 1 List the conference participants in the Participants pane. 2 Right-click the participant whose video you want to preview and then click one of the following options: — ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 185

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-35 Gathering Phase The Gathering Phase of an AVC (CP only) confer ence is the time period during which participants are connecting to a conference. During the Gathering Phase , a mix of live video from connected endpoints is combined with bo th static and variable textual information a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 186

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-36 Polycom, Inc. Gathering Phase Guidelines • Gathering Phase is only available in AVC only (CP only ) conferences. It is not supported in Video Switching conferences and SVC Only conferences. •T h e Gathering Phase slide can be displayed at any time du ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 187

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-37 Gathering Phase Duration The duration of the Gathering Phase can be customized by the admi nistrator so that it is long enough to be viewed by most connected partic ipants yet shor t enough so as not to over extend into the scheduled confe rencing time. The Gathering Phase duration ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 188

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-38 Polycom, Inc. Auto Scan and Customized Polling in V ideo Layout (CP Only) Auto Scan e n a b l es a us e r t o d e fi n e a s i ng l e ce l l in the conference layout to cycle the display of participants that are not in the conference layout. Customi zed ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 189

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-39 3 If Auto Layo ut check box is selected, clea r it. 4 In the video la yout cell to be designated for Auto Scan , click the drop-down menu button and select Auto S can . 5 Select from the Au to Scan Interval(s) drop-down list the scanning interval in seconds. 6 Click th e Apply butto ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 190

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-40 Polycom, Inc. The dialog box buttons are summa rized in the following table: 2 Optional. Add a participant to the list of partici pants to be Auto Scanne d : — Click on the participant’s name in the All Participants list and then click the Add button ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 191

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-41 Media Encryption Encryption is available at the conference and participant levels, based on AES 128 (Advanced Encryption Standard) and is fully H.233/H.234 compliant and the Encryption Key exchange DH 1024-bit (D iffie-Hellman) standards. Media Encryption Guidelines • Encryption i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 192

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-42 Polycom, Inc. — The SEND_SRTP_MKI System Flag enables or disables the inclusion of the MKI field in SRTP packets sent by the Collaboration Se r ver. The default value of the flag is YES . Ad d the flag to system.cfg and set its value set to NO to disab ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 193

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-43 Direct Connection to the Conference Table 4-10, summarizes the connection status of participants, based on the encryption settings in the conference Profile, the Defined Participant’s encryption settings or the System Flag setting for undefined particip ants and the connecting end ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 194

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-44 Polycom, Inc. Connection to the Entry Queue An undefined participant connecting to an Entry Queue inherits the encryption characteristics of the Entry Queue as defined in the Entry Queue’s profile. Participants can be moved from the Entry Queue and the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 195

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-45 When moving participants from the Entry Queue to the destination c onference, or when the Collaboration Server user moves AVC particip ants from one conference to another (SVC participants cannot be moved between confer ences), the connection rules are similar and they are summarize ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 196

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-46 Polycom, Inc. Encryption Flag Settings To modify the Encryption flags: 1 Click Setup>System Configuration . The System Flags dialog box opens. 2 In Version 7. 6.1 and later: Set the FORCE_ENCRYPTION_FOR_UNDEFIN E D_PARTICIPANT_IN_WHEN_AVAILA BLE_MODE ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 197

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-47 Enabling Encryption in the Profile Encryption for the conference is in the Profile and cannot be changed once the co nference is running. To enable encryption at the conference level: >> In the Conference Profile Properties – Advanced dialog box, se lect one of the following ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 198

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-48 Polycom, Inc. To enable encryption at the particip ant level: >> In the Participant Properties – Advanced dialog box, in the Encryption list, se lect one of the following options: Auto , On , or Off . — Auto - The participant inherits the confe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 199

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-49 The participant encryption status is also indica ted in the Participant Properties – SDP tab, where SRTP indicatio n is listed for each encrypted channel (for exampl e, audio and video). An encrypted participant who is unable to join a conference is disconnected from the conferenc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 200

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-50 Polycom, Inc. Causes of Packet Loss Network congestion within a LAN or WAN, fa ulty or incorrectly configured network equipment or faulty cabling are among the many cause s of Packet Loss. Effect s of Packet Loss on Conferences Packet Loss affects the qu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 201

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-51 Enabling Lost Packet Recovery LPR is enabled or disabl ed in the Conference Profile di alog box. • CP Conferences – LPR is enabled by default in the New Profile – Advanced dialog box. • VSW Conferences – If Video Switching is selected, th e LPR check box is automatically c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 202

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-52 Polycom, Inc. In the Participant Properti es – Channel Status tab, check box indicators show LPR activation in the local and remote (transmit and receive) channels. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 203

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-53 Network Quality Indication (A VC End point s) If network quality issues occur, the Network Quality icon provi de information to participants about their own network quality and that of othe r participants di splayed in the cells of the conference Video Layout . Network Quality Level ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 204

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-54 Polycom, Inc. Indication Thr eshold V alues The default Major and Critical indication threshold val ues can be modified by manually adding the following System Flags and modifying their values as requ ired. For more information see " Manually Adding ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 205

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-55 The display of Network Quality icon (showing or hiding the ico n) and the position of the icon in the video layout cell can be custom ized by manual ly a dding the following System Flags and modifying their values as required. For more information see " Manually Adding and Dele ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 206

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-56 Polycom, Inc. T elepresence Mode (A VC CP) Collaboration Server supports the Telepresence Mod e in AVC CP conferences allowing multiple participants to join a telepresence conference from RPX and TPX high definition rooms as well as traditional, standard ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 207

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-57 — same layout — presentation mode — auto layout — lecture mode • The master (center) camera is used for video, audio and content. • Conference Templates can be used to simplify the setting up Telepresence conferences where precise participant layout and video forcing set ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 208

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-58 Polycom, Inc. Horizont al Striping Horizontal Striping is used by the Collaboration Ser ver in order to prevent cropping and preserve the aspect ra tio of video for all Telepresence Modes . Cropping Cropping i s u se d by t h e Co l la b o r at i o n Ser ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 209

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-59 RPX and TPX Vi deo Layout s Additional video layouts have been created to give Telepresence operators more video layout options when configuring TPX and RPX room systems. These additional video layout options are available to all endpoints on both conference layout and Personal Layo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 210

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-60 Polycom, Inc. The following example illustrate s the use of standard and a dditional Collaboration Server Telepresence layouts when connecting four Room Systems as follows: • Two TPX Room Systems — 2 active cameras — 6 screens • Two RPX Room Syst ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 211

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-61 Enabling T elepresence Mode Conference Level Telepresenc e Mode must be configured in a new or existing Conference Profile. To enable Telepresence in a new or existing Conference Profile: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Conferen ce Profiles . 2 Click th e New Profiles ( ) button ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 212

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-62 Polycom, Inc. — ON - ITP features are always applied to th e conference vid eo for all participants regardless of whether there are ITP endpoints connecte d or not. 6 In the Telepresence Layout Mode field, select the Telepresence Layout Mode to be used ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 213

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-63 Content Display on Le gacy End point s in T elepresence Conference s When Content is sent to legacy endpoints in Telepr esence conferences, their video layout automatically changes to a “Content layout ” which is define d by the system flag LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_ DEFAULT_LAYOUT. If ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 214

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-64 Polycom, Inc. — If a sub-link is disconnect ed it remains disconnected until it is manually reconnected. — The number of Multiple Cascade Links cannot be modified while any of the links are in a disconnected state. All previous link s must be deleted ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 215

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-65 • Directional media flows, A  B, are shown separately for readability purposes. Figure 4-3 RMX Telepresence Layout Mode - Room Switch In Figure 4-4: • An HDX endpoint and an OTX Room System connects to RMX A. • An HDX endpoint and an RPX Room System connects to RMX B. • T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 216

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-66 Polycom, Inc. • The current speaker is the HDX endpoint connected to RMX A. Figure 4-4 RMX Telepresence Layout Mode - Continuous Presence For more information see: • RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide , " Telepresence ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 217

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-67 Creating a Link Particip ant Link Particip ant in the Dial Out RMX The Link Participant is defined in the New Participant dialog box. In the General tab: • Dialing Direction must be selected as Dial out. • Type must be selected as H.323 . For more information see the Polycom Rea ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 218

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-68 Polycom, Inc. In the Advanced tab: (This field is only enabled if the RMX system is license d for Telepresenc e Mode .) •I n t h e Cascade drop-down menu, select either Master or Slave . •I n t h e Number of cascaded links (for ITP) drop-down menu, s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 219

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-69 Participant Link is un-defined: The Multiple Cascade Link names are automatically assigned by the RMX. For example on a RMX 1500 the names of the links are: • POLYCOM RMX 1500-1 • POLYCOM RMX 1500-2 • POLYCOM RMX 1500-3, etc. Participant Link is a defined: The Multiple Cascade ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 220

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-70 Polycom, Inc. — Resource deficiency is listed as the Call Disconne ction Cause in the Participant Properties - Connection Status dialog box. • If a calling Link Participant is not defined with same numb er of links as all the other Link Participants ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 221

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-71 Monitoring T elepresence Mode Monitoring Ongoing Conferences An additional status indicator, Telepresence Mode Enabled , is displayed in the Conference Properties - Video Settings tab when monitoring ongoing conference s. If Telepresence Mode is enabled, a check mark is displayed in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 222

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-72 Polycom, Inc. Monitoring Partic ipant Properties An additional status indi cator, Telepresence , is displayed in the Participant Properties - Advanced tab when monitoring conference participants. The Telepresence mode of the participant is indicated: • ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 223

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-73 Disconnection Causes • If there are insufficient resources to connect all the required links: — None of the links are connected. — The first link is listed as Disconnected in the Participants li s t o f t he RMX Web Client / RMX Manager main screen. — Resource deficiency is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 224

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-74 Polycom, Inc. Lecture Mode (A VC CP Only) Lecture Mode enables all participants to view th e lecturer in full screen while the conference lecturer sees all the other conference particip ants in the selected layout while he/she is speaking. When the numbe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 225

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-75 Selecting a defined partici pant: a Add participants to the conference either from the Address book or by defining new participants. b In the Lecturer field, select the lecturer fr om the list of the defined participants. Automatic selection of the lecturer: — In the Lecturer fiel ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 226

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-76 Polycom, Inc. Enabling the Automatic Switching Automatic switching between participants viewed on the lecturer’s screen is enabled in the conference Profile, or during the on going conference, in the Conference Properties. >> In the Profile Prope ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 227

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-77 When one of the participants is talking, the automatic switching is suspended, showing the current speaker, and it is resumed when the lecturer resumes talking. If the lecturer is disconnected during an Ongoing Conference, the conference resume s standard conferencing. Forcing is en ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 228

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-78 Polycom, Inc. • Enable or disable the Lecturer View Switching between participants displayed on the lecturer monitor by selecting or clearing the Lect urer View Switching check box. • Change the video layout for the lectur er by selecting a nother vi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 229

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-79 Muting Particip ants Except the Lecturer (A VC CP Only) When the Mute Partic ipants Except Lecturer option in the Conference Profile is enable d , the audio of all participants in the conference exce pt for the lecturer can be automatically muted upon connection to the conference. T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 230

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-80 Polycom, Inc. Enabling the Mute Participant s Except Lecturer Option The Mute Participants Except Lecturer option is enabled or disabled (default) in the Conference Profile or in an ongoing conference in the Profile Properties - Audio Settings tab. When ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 231

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-81 Audio Algorithm Support The Collaboratio n Server supports the f ollowing audio al gorithms in AVC conferences: G.711, G. 719, G.722, G.722.1, G.722.1 C, G. 728, G.729A , G.723.1, Polycom Siren 7 (in mono), Siren14, Siren 22 (in mono or stereo) and SirenLPR. Polycom’s proprietary ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 232

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-82 Polycom, Inc. Mono The Siren 22 , G.719 and SirenLPR mono audio algorithms are su pported at the following bit rates: T able 4-17 Siren22, G .719 and SirenLPR Mono vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) Siren22 64k Siren22 48K Siren22_32k G .7 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 233

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-83 Stereo The Siren 22Stereo, G.719Stereo and Sire nLPR audio algorithms ar e supported at the following bit rates. Audio algorithms supported for ISDN T ab le 4-18 Siren22Stereo, G .719Stereo and SirenLPR vs Bitrate Audio Algorithm Minimum Bitrate (kbps) Siren22Stereo_128k 1024 SirenL ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 234

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-84 Polycom, Inc. G .722.1 16K 256 G .722 48 K G .722 56 K G .722 64 K G .71 1 56K G .71 1 64K G .728 16 K G .722.1C 32K 128 G .722.1C 24K Siren14 32K Siren14 24K G .722.1 32K G .722.1 24K G .722 48 K G .722 56 K G .722 64 K G .71 1 56K G .71 1 64K G .728 16 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 235

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-85 Monitoring Particip ant Audio Properties The audio algorithm used by the participant’s endpoint can be verifi ed in the Participant Properties - Channel Status dialog box. To view the participant ’s prop erties during a conference: 1 In the Participants list, right click th e de ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 236

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-86 Polycom, Inc. Automatic Suppression of Noisy End point s (A VC End point s) The Collaboration Server can detect AVC-enabl ed endpoints with a noisy audio channel and automat ically mute them, reduci ng the noi se heard by other conference participants. W ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 237

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-87 The following table summarizes the state (enabled or disabled) of the Automatic muting of noisy endpoints feature depend ing on the ENABLE_SELECTIVE_MIXING flag setting and the Auto mute noisy endpoin ts sett ing in the Profile Properties - Audio Sett ings : Enabling or Disabling th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 238

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-88 Polycom, Inc. To disable/enab le the autom atic muting of n oisy endpoin ts in the Co nference Profile: 1 In a new or existing Conference Profile , click the Audio Settings tab. — In new Profiles, the Auto mute noisy endpoints chec k box is selected by ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 239

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-89 Permanent Conference A Permanent Conference is any ongoing conference with no pre -determined End Time continuing until it is terminated by an administrator, operator or chairperson. Guidelines • Resources are reserved for a Permanent Conference only wh en the conference has becom ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 240

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-90 Polycom, Inc. Closed Captions (A VC End point s) Endpoints can provide real-time text transcriptions or langua ge translations of the video conference by displaying captions. The capti ons for a conference may be provided by the captioner who is present ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 241

    Chapter 4-Additio nal Conferencing Infor mation Polycom, Inc. 4-91 2 In the MCMS_PARAMETERS tab , click the New F lag button. The New Flag dialog box is display ed. 3 In the New Flag field enter ENABLE_CLOSED_CAPTION . 4 In the Value field enter YE S to enable Closed Captions or NO to disable their display. 5 Click OK to close the New Flag dialog b ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 242

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 4-92 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 243

    Polycom, Inc. 5-1 5 Cascading Conferences Cascading enables ad ministrators to connect one confer ence directly to one or several conferences, depending on the topology, creating one large confer ence. The conferences can run on the same MCU or different MCUs. There are many reasons for cascading conferences, the most common are: • Connecting two ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 244

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-2 Polycom, Inc. In order to avoid cluttering in the casca ded wi ndow, it is advised to select appropriate video layouts in each conference before cascading them. Figure 5-1 Video Layouts in Cascaded Conferences Guidelines To ensure that conferences can be cascaded ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 245

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-3 Flags Controlling Cascade Layouts • Setting the FORCE_1X1_LAYOUT_ON_CA SCADED_LINK _CONNECTION System Flag to YES (default) automatically forces the cascading link to Full Screen (1x1) in CP conferences, hence di splaying the speaker of one conference to a full window in the video layo ut of the o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 246

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-4 Polycom, Inc. The tone volume is controlled by the sa me flag as the IVR messages and tones: IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME . Basic Cascading In this topology, a link is created between tw o conferences, usually running on two different MCUs. The MCUs are usually installed a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 247

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-5 The connection between the two conferences is created when a dial ou t IP participant is defined (added) to conference A whose dial out number is the dial-in number of the conference or Entry Queue running on MCU B. Dialing Directly to a Conference Dial out IP participant in conference A di als out ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 248

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-6 Polycom, Inc. Network T op ologies Enabling H.239 Content Over ISDN Cascaded Links ISDN Cascaded links that support H.239 C ontent can be created between two gateways, gateway-to-MCU or between two MCUs in the following network topologies: • Gateway to Gateway ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 249

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-7 Guidelines • Content is restricted. When another endpoint wants to send content, the first endpoint must stop sending content before the second endpoint can initiate or send content. • Endpoints that do not support H.23 9 can receive the Content using the Se nd Content to Legacy Endpoints option ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 250

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-8 Polycom, Inc. SIP Participants connecting to another IP participant vi a a G ateway to Gateway call over an ISDN link enter a dial string using the format: < Gateway Profile_ID on GW A >@ <Central Signaling IP GW A > *<Destination ISDN Dial-in numb ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 251

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-9 When the participant, who is a dial-in partic ipant in conference B, connects to the Entry Queue, the system plays to all the participants in Conference A the IVR message requesting the participant to enter the destination conference ID (or if connecting to a conference directly, the participant is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 252

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-10 Polycom, Inc. A dial out ISDN participant is de fined (added) to conference A. The participant’s dial out number is the dial-in number of the Entry Queue or conference running on MCU B (for example 54145106). MCU A dials out to an Entry Queue or conference B r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 253

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-11 MCU Interoperability Table The following table lists the different MCU an d Gate way configurations that are supported or implemented when routing Cascaded ISDN calls. 384   512  512  512  512   768  768  768  768   T ab le 5-1 Recommended Conferen ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 254

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-12 Polycom, Inc. Collaboration Server Gateway Codian Gateway Dial out participants use a fixed rule behind the Codi an Gateway . Collaborati on Server v . 7.1 Latest Codian version Codian Gateway Collaboration Server MCU User calls via a C odian Gateway to a Remote ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 255

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-13 Suppression of DTMF Forwarding Forwarding of the DTMF codes from one confer ence to another over an ISDN cascading link is not automatically suppres sed as with IP cascading link and it can be limite d to basic operations while suppressing all ot her operations by a system flag: DTMF_FORWARD_ANY_DI ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 256

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-14 Polycom, Inc. S t ar Cascading T opology In the Star topology (as well as in the Basic topology) , the MCUs are usually installed at different locations (states/countries) and particip ants conne ct to their local MCU to facilitate the connection and save long d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 257

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-15 • When creating a cascading link be tween two Collaboration Servers: — The Collaboration Servers operate in CP (Continuous Pr esence) mode. • When creating a cascading link betw een MGCs and Collaboration Servers: — The MGCs can only operate in VSW mode. The following table su mmarizes Vide ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 258

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-16 Polycom, Inc. To define the dial-out cascade participant link: 1 In the Conferences pane, select the conference. 2 In the Participants pane, click New Participant () . The New Particip ant - General di alog box is displ ayed. 3 Define the following par ameters: ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 259

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-17 Alias Name If you are using the target MCU IP address, enter the Conference ID of the target conference. For example: 24006 If a gatekeeper is used, instead of the IP address, you can enter the prefix of the target MCU as register ed with the ga tekeeper , as part of the dialing string and the c on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 260

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-18 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Advanced tab. 5 In the Cascade field, select: — Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU. — Master , if the participant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU . 6 Click OK . ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 261

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-19 To define a Di al-in Participant as the cascade link: This participant is added to the ongoing conference on the Slave MCU. 1 In the Participants list, click the New P articipant button( ). The New Particip ant - General dialog box opens. 2 Define the following parameter s: 3 Click th e Advanced ta ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 262

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-20 Polycom, Inc. The Advanced tab opens. 4 In the Cascaded Link fi eld, select: — Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU. — Master , if the par ticipant is defined in a conference running on the Master MCU. 5 Click the OK b ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 263

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-21 Though the process of cascading conferences mentioned in this section refers to conferences running on two different Collaboration Server unit s , it is possible to cascade conferences running between Collaboration Server units and other MCUs. The following features are not supported by the cascade ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 264

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-22 Polycom, Inc. — Set this field to Slav e if the Entry Queue is defined on the MCU acting as a Slave, that is, to which the link from the Master MC U (M C U a t t h e c en t e r of t h e to p o lo g y ) is dialin g. If you are defining an HD cascaded Entry Queu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 265

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-23 The New Particip ant - General dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Name field, enter a participant name. 4 In the Dialing Direction field, select Di al-out . 5 In the Type list field, verify that H.323 is selected. 6 There are two methods to de fine the dial ing string : A Using the MCU’ s IP Addre ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 266

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-24 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the Advanced tab. 8 In the Cascade field, select: — Slave , if the participant is defined in a conference running on a Slave MCU and will connect to the Master MCU (in the center of the topology). — Master , if the participant is define ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 267

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-25 2 Set the ENABLE_CASCADED_LINK_TO_ JOIN_WITHOUT_PASSW ORD flag to YES . 3 Click OK . For more information, see " Modifying System Flags” on page 22-1 . >> Reset the MCU for flag changes to take effect. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 268

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-26 Polycom, Inc. Monitoring S t ar Cascaded Conferences To monitor both conferences at the same time , two instances of the Collaboration Server Web Clients must be opened (one for each MCU) by entering the IP Address of each MCU. If both conferences are running on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 269

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-27 3 In the Advanced tab’s Node Type field, select MC U . 4 Click OK . 1 3 2 + ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 270

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-28 Polycom, Inc. Cascading Conferences - H.239-enabled MIH T opology H.239 Multi-Hierarchy (MIH) cascading is availa ble to Collaboration Server users enabling them to run very large conferences on differen t MCUs in multiple levels of Master-Slave relationships us ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 271

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-29 Cascading T opologies The cascading hierarchy topology should be deployed according to the following guidelines: • If an RMX is deployed on level 1 (recommended deployment): — Any RMX can be used on level 2, 3 and 4 (recommended deployment), — MGC version 9.0.4 can be used on level 2 and leve ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 272

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-30 Polycom, Inc. Figure 5- 10 MIH Cascading – Master-Slave Relati onship Video Session Mode, Line Rate and V ideo Settings The types of MCUs, their position in the casc ade topology and the endpoint capabilities (HD/CIF and H.263/H.2 64) determine the Video Sessi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 273

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-31 • To enable the connection of the links betwe e n cascaded conferences, the y must run at the same line rat e. • To enable Content sharing between the RMX and the MGC, the rate allocated to the content must be identical in both confe rences. Make sure that the line rate set for both conferences ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 274

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-32 Polycom, Inc. In order to avoid cluttering in the casca ded wi ndow, it is advised to select appropriate video layouts in each conference before cascading them. Figure 5-1 1 V ideo Layouts in Cascaded Conferences Guidelines To ensure that conferences can be casc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 275

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-33 • Setting the AVOID_VIDEO_LOOP_BACK_IN_CASCADE System Flag to YES (default) prevents the speaker’s image from being sent back through the participant link from the cascaded conference. This can occur in cascaded conferences with conference layouts other than 1x1. It resu lts in the speaker’s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 276

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-34 Polycom, Inc. Method I Depending on the dialing direction, the fo llowing procedures must be per formed: For details on the participant definition on the Collaboration Server, see " Creating a Cascade Enabled Dial-out/Dial-in Participant Link” on page 5-1 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 277

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-35 Method II Depending on the dialing direction, the fo llowing procedures must be performed: Setting Flags on the Colla boration Server When running conferences in mixed environm ent (Collaboration Server and MGC) there may be small differences between the line rate s each MCU is sending. In the Coll ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 278

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-36 Polycom, Inc. match the actual rate of the IP Only HD Video Switching conference running on the MGC. In such case, the conference can include IP Only participants. — H263_ANNEX_T=YES (default) This flag enables/disables the us e of Annex T with H263. Set it to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 279

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-37 Method II - Defining the Cas cading Entry Queue in the MGC The Entry Queue definition on the MGC is requ ired if the dialing is done from the Collaboration Server to the MGC. 1 In the MGC Manager, expand the MCU tree . 2 Right-click the M eeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factor ies icon and click ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 280

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-38 Polycom, Inc. In the IP Address field, enter the IP ad dress of the Signaling Host of the Collaboration Server hosting the destination conference. In the Alias Name/Type field, enter the ID of the cascade-enabled Entry Queue (EQ), the Conference ID and Password ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 281

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-39 Defining the Cascade Enab led Entry Queue on the Collab oration Server If the dialing is done from the conference running on the MGC that is the Master MCU, a Cascade-enabled Entry Queue must be defined on the Collaboration Server setting it as Slave . For more details, see Collaboration S erver to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 282

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-40 Polycom, Inc. running on the Collaboration Server, setting the Cascade field t o Slave . This parti cipant dials the Cascade-enabled Entry Queue defined on the MGC. 1 Display the list of participants in th e linked conference (Slave conference). 2 In the Partici ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 283

    Chapter 5-Cascading Conferences Polycom, Inc. 5-41 Method B (Using a gatekeeper): In the Alias Name field, enter the MGC Prefix as re gistered in the gatekeeper, EQ ID, Destination Conference ID, and Password, as foll ows: MGC Prefix EQ ID##Conference ID##Password (Password is optional) 7 Click th e Advanced tab and in the Cascade field, select the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 284

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide 5-42 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 285

    Polycom, Inc. 6-1 6 Meeting Rooms A Meeting Room is a conference saved on the MCU in passive mode, wi thout using any of the system resources. A Meeting Room is auto matica lly activated w hen the first partici pant dials into it. Meeting Rooms can be activated as many times as required. Once activated, a Meeting Room functions as any ongoing confe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 286

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 6-2 Polycom, Inc. Meeting Rooms List Meeting Rooms are listed in the Meeting Room list pane. To list Meeting Rooms: >> In the RMX Management pane, in the Frequently Used li st, click the Meeting Rooms button . The Meeting Rooms List is displayed. An act ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 287

    Chapter 6-Meeting Rooms Polycom, Inc. 6-3 The Meeting Room List columns include: T ab le 6-2 Meeting Rooms List Columns Field Descrip tion Display Name Displays the name and the icon of the Meeting Room in the Collaboration Server Web Client . (green) An active video Meeting Room that was activated when the first particip ant connected to it. (gray ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 288

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 6-4 Polycom, Inc. Meeting Room T oolba r & Right-click Menu The Meeting Room toolbar and right-click menus provide the following functionality: SIP Registration The st atus of registrati on with the SIP server: • Not configured - Registrati on with the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 289

    Chapter 6-Meeting Rooms Polycom, Inc. 6-5 Creating a New Meeting Room To create a new meeting room: >> In the Meeting Rooms pane, click the New Meeting Ro om button or right-click an empty area in the pane and then click New Meeting Room . The New Meeting Room dialog box is dis played. The definition procedure is the same as for the new confe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 290

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 6-6 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 291

    Polycom, Inc. 7-1 7 Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conferences and SIP Factories Entry Queues An Entry Queue (EQ) is a special routing lobby to access conferences. Participants connect to a single-dial lobby and are routed to their destination conference accord ing to the Conference ID they enter . The Entry Queue remains in a passive state when there are no ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 292

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-2 Polycom, Inc. The Entry Queue can also be used for Ad Hoc conferencing. If the Ad Hoc option is enabled for the Entry Queue, when the participant enters the target conference ID the system checks whether a conference with that ID is alre ady running on th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 293

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-3 Defining a New Entry Queue You can modify the properties of the defa ult Entry Queue and de fine additional Entry Queues to suit different conferencing requirements. To define a new Entry Queue: 1 In the RMX Management - Rarely Used pane, cl ick Entry Queues . 2 In the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 294

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-4 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the following par ameters: T able 7-2: Entry Queue Definitions Parameters Option De scription Display Name The Display Name is th e conferencing entity name in native langu age character sets to be displayed in the Collabora tion Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 295

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-5 Entry Queue Mode Select the mode for the Entry Queue: S tandard Lobby (default)-When selected, the Entry Queue is used as a routing lobby to access conferences. Participants connect to a single-dial lobby and are routed to thei r destination conference according to the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 296

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-6 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click OK . The new Entry Queue is added to the Entry Queues li st. Listing Entry Queues To view the list of Entry Queues: >> In the RMX Management - Rarely Used pane, cl ick Entry Queues . The Entry Queues are listed in th e Entry Qu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 297

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-7 T ransit Entry Queue A Transit Entry Queue is an Entry Queue to which calls with di al strings containing incomplete or incorrect conference routing information are transferred. IP Calls are routed to the Transit Entry Queue when: • A gatekeeper is not used, or where ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 298

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-8 Polycom, Inc. IVR Provider Entry Queue (Shared Number Dialing) In an environment that includes a DMA, th e Collaboration Server Entry Queue can be configured to provide the IVR Ser vices on behalf of the DMA to SIP endpoints. It displays the Welcome Slide ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 299

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-9 Entry Queu e >> In the New Entry Queue dialog box, Entry Queue Mode list, select IVR Service Provider Only. — Enter the Entry Queue ID that will be used by the DMA to forward the SIP calls to this Entry Queue. — Select the special Entry Que ue IVR Service if o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 300

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-10 Polycom, Inc. IVR media files, WAV for voice messages an d JPG for video slides, are stored on the application server. In order to provide extern al IVR control, a TCP-base d MCCF channel is created between the application serv er an d the media server. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 301

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-11 4 In the Entry Queue Mode field, select External IVR Control from the available options: When the External IVR Control is selected, the connection pr ocess of the participant to the conference via the Virtual Entry Queue is controlled and managed by an external IVR ser ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 302

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-12 Polycom, Inc. 5 When the application server has completed the pre-conference IVR, the application server routes the call to a VMR with the collected password appended to the following dial string: <conf-id>**<pass word>@mcu-sig-ip. The call i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 303

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-13 SIP Factories A SIP Factory is a conferenci ng entity that ena bles SIP endpoints to crea te Ad Hoc conferences. The system is shipped with a default SIP Factory, named DefaultFactory. When a SIP endpoint calls the SIP Factory URI, a new conference is automatically cre ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 304

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-14 Polycom, Inc. 3 Define the following par ameters: 4 Click OK . The new SIP Factory is added to the list. T able 7-3: New Factory Properties Option De scription Display Name Enter the SIP Factory name that will be displayed. The Display Name is the confer ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 305

    Chapter 7-Entry Queues, Ad Hoc Conf erences and SIP Factories Polycom, Inc. 7-15 SIP Registration & Presence for Entry Queues and SIP Factories Entry Queues and SIP Factories can be registered with SIP servers. This enables Office Communication Server or Lync server client user s to s ee th e availability status ( Available , Offline, or Busy ) ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 306

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 7-16 Polycom, Inc. When SIP registration is not enabled in th e conference profile, the Collaboration Server's registering to SIP Servers will each register with an URL derived from its own signaling address. This unique URL replac es the non-unique URL, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 307

    Polycom, Inc. 8-1 8 Address Book The Address Book stores information about the people and businesses you communicate with. The Address Book stores, among many other fields, IP addresses, phone numbers and network communication protocols used by the participant’s endpoint. By utilizing the Address Book you can quickl y and efficiently as sign or d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 308

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-2 Polycom, Inc. V iewing the Address Book You can view the participants currently defi ned in the Addres s Book. The first time the Collaboration Server Web Client is accessed, the Address Book pane is displayed. The Address Book contains two panes: • Nav ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 309

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-3 participant links are associated with the same definition of the participant in the All Participants list. If the participant prop erties are changed in one group, they will be changed in all the groups accordingly. Displaying and Hiding the Group Members in the Navigation Pane The currently selected group, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 310

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-4 Polycom, Inc. For information on adding and modifying pa rticipants in the Address Book, see " Managing the Address Book” on page 8-7 . Displaying and Hiding the Address Book The Address Book can be hidden it by clicking the anchor pin ( ) button i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 311

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-5 3 Click and hold the left mouse button and drag the selection to the Participants pane of the conference. The participants are added to the co nference. Adding a Group from the Ad dress Book to Conferences You can add a group of participants to a ne w conference, ongoing confe rences, or to Conference Templa ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 312

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-6 Polycom, Inc. Particip ant Group s A group is a predefined collection of participan ts. A group provides an easy way to manage clusters of participants that are in the same organizational structure and to connect a combination of endpoints to a conference ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 313

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-7 Additionally, you can drag a group from one location in the Address Book to another location, moving the group and all its member s, including sub-g roups , to its new location using the drag-and-drop operation. Moving a group to a new location can be done in the navigation pane or the list pane. To drag a g ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 314

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-8 Polycom, Inc. Adding a New p articip ant to the Address Book Direc tly You can add a new participant to the “Main” group or to a group in the Address Book . Additionally, you can add a participant from a new conference, ongoing conference, or Conferen ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 315

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-9 3 Define the following fields: T a ble 8-3 New Participant – General Properties Field Description Name Enter the name of the participant or the endpoint as it will be displayed in the Collaboratio n Server Web Client. The Name field can be modified us ing Unicode encodin g. • English tex t uses ASCII enc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 316

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-10 Polycom, Inc. IP Address (H.323 and SIP Only) Enter the IP address of the participant’ s endpoint. • For H.323 participant define eit her the endpoint IP address or alias. • For SIP participant define either the endpoint IP address or the SIP addre ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 317

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-11 SIP Address/T ype (SIP Only) Select the format in which the SIP address is written: • SIP URI - Uses the format of an E-mail a ddress, typically containing a user name and a host name: sip:[user]@[host] . For example, sip:dan@polycom.com. Note: If the SIP Address field contains an IPv6 address, it must be ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 318

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-12 Polycom, Inc. 4 Usually, additional definitions are not re quired and you can use the system defaults for the remaining parameters. In such a case, click OK . To modify the d efault settings for advanced paramet ers, click the Advanced tab. 5 Define the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 319

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-13 Resolution The Auto check box is automatically se lected to us e the Resoluti on defined for the conference. T o specify the Resoluti on for the participant, sel ect the required resolution from the drop-down me nu. Broadcasting Volume + Listening Volume T o adjust the volume the participan t broadcasts to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 320

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-14 Polycom, Inc. 6 To add general information about the partic ipant, such as e-mail, company name, and so on, click the Information tab and type the necessary details in the Info 1-4 fields. Text in the info field s can be added in Unicode format (length: ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 321

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-15 To add a participant from the co nference to the Address Book: 1 During an ongoing conference, select the participant in the Participant pane and either click the Add Partici pant to Address Book button ( ) or right-click and select Add Participan t to Addre ss Book . The participant is ad ded to the Addres ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 322

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-16 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the Address Book - List pane, double-click the participant’s icon. The Participant’s Properties window is displayed. 3 Modify the necessary properties in th e window, such as dialing direction, communication protocol type, and so o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 323

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-17 • Current group to delete the participant from the selected group • Address Book to permanently delete the participant f rom the address book (all groups). Click OK to perform the delete operation or Cancel to exit the delete operat ion. Copying or Moving a Particip ant You can copy or move a participan ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 324

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-18 Polycom, Inc. 5 Right-click the s elected group and click one of the fo llowing Paste functions from the drop-down menu: To drag a participant from an address book group to another group: 1 Select the participant or participants you want to move. 2 Click ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 325

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-19 Filtering the Address Book The entries in an address book group can be fi ltered to display only the entries (par ticipants or groups) that meet criteria that you spec ify and hides entries that you do not want displayed. It enables you to se lect and work with a subset of Address Book entries. You can filt ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 326

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-20 Polycom, Inc. Example: If the user selects 172.21.41.104 as the matching pattern, the filtered group in the Address Book is displayed as follows: Filtering Address Book Da t a Using a Custom Pattern To filter th e data in an address bo ok group: 1 In the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 327

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-21 4 In the Condition - Column text matches field, enter the filtering pattern. For example, to list only endp oints that include the numerals 41 in their name, enter 41. 5 Optional. C lick the Add Condition button to define additional filtering patterns to further filter the list and fine tune your search. To ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 328

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-22 Polycom, Inc. Obt aining the Display Name from the Address Book The MCU can be configured to replace the name of the dial-in particip ant as defined in the endpoint (site name) with the name define d in the Address Book. In this process, the system retr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 329

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-23 Importing and Exporting Address Books Address Books are proprietary Polycom d ata files that can only be distributed among Collaboration Server units. The Address Books are exported in XML format, which are editable offline. If no name is assigned to the exported Address Book, the default file nam e is: EMA ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 330

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-24 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click Open . You will retu rn to the Import File dialog box. 5 Click OK . The Address Book is imported and a confirmation mess age is displayed at the end of the process. 6 Click Close. Upgrading and Downgrading Considerations When upgrad ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 331

    Chapter 8-Address Book Polycom, Inc. 8-25 • The Collaboration Server uses the RealPr esence Resource Manager (XMA) or Polycom CMA address book in read-only mode. You can only add or modify X MA/CMA address book entries from the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA) or Polycom CMA. To Integrate the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA) or Polycom CMA ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 332

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 8-26 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click OK to complete the definitions. When prompted, click Yes to reset the MCU and implement the changes to the system configuration . T a ble 8-7 System Flags for CMA Address Book Integration Flag Description EXTERNAL_CONTE NT_DIRECTOR ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 333

    Polycom, Inc. 9-1 9 Reservations The Reservations option enables users to schedule conferences. These conferences can be launched immediately or be come ongoing, at a specifie d time on a specified date. Scheduling a conference reserv ation require s definition of c onference parameters such as the date and time at which the conference is to start, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 334

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-2 Polycom, Inc. — RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 MPMx-D Mode : 1440 (180 video). • System resources are calculated according to the Collaboration Server’s license. For more information see " Forcing Video Resource Allocation to CIF ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 335

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-3 — Sufficient resources are not available in the system. • If a problem prevents a Reservation from being activated at its schedule time, the Reservation will not be activated at all. This applies even i f the problem is res olved during the Reservation’s s cheduled time slot. • A Profile that is assi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 336

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-4 Polycom, Inc. Reservations Views The Reservation Calendar list has the fol lowing views available: • Week •D a y •T o d a y •L i s t In all views the Main Window List Pane head er displays the total number of reservations in the system. Week V iew ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 337

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-5 Day V iew A single day is dis played. T oday Vi ew The current date ( Today ), highli ghted in orange, can be viewed i n both Week View and Day View . List View List View does not have a calendar based format. All Reservations are listed by: The Reservations can be sorted, searched and browsed by any of the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 338

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-6 Polycom, Inc. Changing the Calendar V iew To change between Week and Day views: >> In Week View: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click Sho w Day ( ) to change to Day View . or In Day View: In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click Show Week () ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 339

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-7 To view Today ( the current date): >> In Week View or Day View , in the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click the Today () button to have the current date di splayed within the selected view. To change to List View: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click, the Reservations List () b u t t o n . The ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 340

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-8 Polycom, Inc. Scheduling Conferences Using the Reservation Calendar Creating a New Reservation There are three methods of creating a new reservation: • Method I – Creating a reservati on with default du ration of 1 hour • Method II – Creating a re ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 341

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-9 Example : The following click & drag sequence would select a reservation for Tuesday, August 12, 2008 , starting at 01:00 with a duration of 4 hours. The duration of reservations created by any of the above methods can be modified in the Scheduler tab of the New Reservation dialog box . To create a new r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 342

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-10 Polycom, Inc. All the fields are the same as for the New Conference – General tab, described in the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide , " General Tab” on page 3- 14 . 4 Click the Schedule tab. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 343

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-11 5 Adjust the new reservation’s schedul e by modifying the field s as described in Table 9-3. T a ble 9-3 New Reservation – Schedule T ab Field Description Sta r t T i m e Select the S tart T i me of the Reservation. • The S tart/End T imes of the Reservation are initially taken from the time slot sele ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 344

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-12 Polycom, Inc. Recurrenc e Pattern Daily If Daily is selected, the system automat ically selects all the days of the week. T o de-select days (for example, weekends) clear their check boxes. Weekly If We e kl y is selected, the system auto matically selec ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 345

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-13 6 Click th e Particip ants tab. The fields are the same as for the New Conference – Participants tab, described in the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide , " Participants Tab” on page 3- 17 . 7 Optional. A dd participants from the Participants Addre ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 346

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-14 Polycom, Inc. If you create a recurring reservation all occurrences have the same ID. A recurring Reservation is assigned the same ISDN/P STN dial-in number for all recurrences. If a dial in number conflict occurs prior to the conference’s start time, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 347

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-15 The cursor changes to a vertical double arrow ( ) when it is moved over the top and bottom sides of the squa re. To move the Reservatio n to another time slot: 1 Select the Reservation . 2 Hold the mouse button down and drag the Reservation to the desired time slot. 3 Release the mouse button. To change the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 348

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-16 Polycom, Inc. Adjusting the S t art Ti mes of all Reservations When utilizing GMT offset ( for example, Daylight Saving Time change), the start time of the reoccurring reservations scheduled before th e Collaboration Server time change are not updated ac ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 349

    Chapter 9-Reservations Polycom, Inc. 9-17 3 Click the arrows of the Offset - Hours box to indicate the numb er of hours to add or subtract from the current start time; a positive value indicates adding time, while minu s (-) indicates s ubtracting time. 4 Click the arrows of the Offset - minutes box to indicate the number of minutes to add or subtr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 350

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 9-18 Polycom, Inc. Searching for Reservatio ns using Quick Search Quick Search is available only in List View. It enables you t o search for Reservations by Display Name . To search for reservations: 1 In the Reservation Calendar toolbar, click in the Quick S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 351

    Polycom, Inc. 10-1 10 Operator Assist ance & Particip ant Move Users (operators) assistance to participants is available when: • Participants have requested individual help (using *0 DTMF code) during the conference. • Participants have requested help for the c onference (using 00 DTMF code) during the conference. • Participants have prob ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 352

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-2 Polycom, Inc. • The operator can connect participants belong ing to the same destination conference to their conference simultaneously by selectin g the appropriate participants and moving them to the Home conference (interacti vely or using the right- ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 353

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-3 Defining the Compon ent s Enab ling Operator Assist ance To enable operator assistance for conferences, the following conferencing entities must be adjusted or created: • IVR Service (Entry Queue and Conference) in which Operator Assistance options are enabled. • A Confer ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 354

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-4 Polycom, Inc. password request for Dial-in and Dial-out participant connections. For more information, see Table 17-5, “New Conference IVR Se rvice Properties - Conference Passwor d Parameters,” on page 17-10 . 10 Select the various audio messages th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 355

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-5 19 Click th e Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 20 Select Enable Operator Assistance to en able operator as sistance when the pa rticipant requires or requests help during the connect ion process to the conference or during the conference. 21 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 356

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-6 Polycom, Inc. 9 Click the Video Services tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Video Service s dialog box opens. 10 In the Video Welcome Slide list, select the video slide that will be displayed to participants connecting to the Entry Queue. Th e slide ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 357

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-7 2 In the Conference Profiles pane, click the New Profi le button. The New Profile – General dialog box opens. 3 Define the Profile name and, if requ ired, the Profile general parameters. For more details, see Table 2-12, “ New AVC CP Profile - General Parameters,” on pa ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 358

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-8 Polycom, Inc. Note that when Operator Conference is selected, the Auto Terminate selection is automatically cleared and disabled and the Operator conference cannot automatically end unless it i s terminated by the Collaboration Server User. 7 Click the V ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 359

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-9 3 Define the following parameter s: T a ble 10-1 New Confe rence – General Options Field Description Duration Define the duration of the conference in hours using the format HH:MM (defaul t 01:00). Notes: • The Operator conference is automatically extended up to a maximum ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 360

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-10 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Participan ts tab. The New Conference - Participants dialog box opens. You must define or add the Operator pa rticipant to the Operator conference. This participant must be defined as a dial-out participant. Define the paramete ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 361

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-11 The Operator participant is displayed in the Participants list with an Operator participant icon , and the system automatically dials out to the Operator participa nt. Saving an Operator Conference to a T emplate The Operator conference that is ong oing can be save d as a te ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 362

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-12 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Start Conference fro m Template () button. or Right-click and select Start Conference from Template . The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template D ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 363

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-13 Participants in Entry Queues who failed to ente r the correct destination confer ence ID or the conference password will wait for operator assistance (provided that an Operator conference is active). When requiring or requesting operator assi stance, the Collaborati on Serve ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 364

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-14 Polycom, Inc. This list is used as reference only . Participants can be assisted and moved to the Operator conference or the destination confere nce only from the Participants list of the Entry Queues or ongoing conference where they are awaiting assist ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 365

    Chapter 10-Operator Assist ance & Participant Move Polycom, Inc. 10-15 • When moving the Operator to any conference (following assistan ce request), the IVR messages and sl ide display are ski pped. • Participants cannot be moved fr om a Telepr esence conference. • Participants cannot be moved from LPR-en abled conferences to non-LPR co n ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 366

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 10-16 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the Participants list, right-click the icon of the participant to move and select one of the following options: — Move to Oper ator Conference - to move the participant to the Operator conference. — Move to Con ference - to move t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 367

    Polycom, Inc. 11-1 11 Conference T emplates Conference Templates enable administrators and operators to cre ate, save, schedule and activate identical conferences. A Conference Template : • Saves the conference Profile. • Saves all partici pant parameters including their Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings. • Simplifies the setting up ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 368

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-2 Polycom, Inc. • Participant properties are embedded in the Conference Template and therefore, if the participant properties are modified in the Address Book after the Conference Template has been created they are not appl i ed to the participant whethe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 369

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-3 The Conference Templates are listed by Conference Template Display Name and ID and can be sorted by either field. The list can be customized by re-sizing the pane, adju sting the column widths or changing the order of the column headings. For more information see Polyc om RealPresence Collaborati ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 370

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-4 Polycom, Inc. Creating a New Conference T emplate There are two methods to create a Conference Template : • From scratch - defining the conference parameters and participants • Saving an ongoing conference as Template Creating a new Conference T empl ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 371

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-5 The New Template – Participants dialog box opens. The fields of the New Template – Participants dialog box are the same as those of the Ne w Conference – Participant dialog box. For a full description of these fields see the Polycom RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Ge ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 372

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-6 Polycom, Inc. For a full description of th e General tab fields see " Adding a New participant to the Address Book Directly” on page 8-8 . 8 Modify the fields of the General tab. 9 Click the Advanced tab. The New Participant – Advanced tab opens ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 373

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-7 The Media Sources tab enables you to set up and save Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings for each participant. This is especially important when setting up Telepresence conferences. For a full description of Personal Layout and Video Forcing settings see the Polycom RealPresence Collaborat ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 374

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-8 Polycom, Inc. The New Conference Templa te – Information tab opens. For a full description of the Information fields see the Polyc om RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting St arted Guide, “Information Tab” on page 20 . 16 C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 375

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-9 The conference is saved to a template whose name is taken from th e ongoing conference Display Name (t he Login name of the Collaboration Server User ). The Template is displayed with the Operator Conference ico n. S t arting an Ongoing Conference From a T emplate An ongoing conference can be sta ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 376

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-10 Polycom, Inc. The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Nam e. Participants that are connected to othe r ongoing conferences when the template becomes an ongoing c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 377

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-11 The conference is started. The name of the ongoing conference in the Conferences list is taken from the Conference Template Display Nam e. Scheduling a Reservation From a Conference T emplate (A VC Conferencing) A Conference Template can be used to schedule a single or recurring Reservation . To ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 378

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-12 Polycom, Inc. The Display Name of the Res ervation is taken from the Conference Template Di splay Name . For a full description of the Reservation Properties fields see Table 9-3, “ New Reservation – Schedule Tab,” on page 9-11 . 3 Modify the fiel ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 379

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-13 Deleting a Conference T emplate One or several Conference Templates can be deleted at a time. To delete Conference Templates: 1 In the Conference Templates list, select th e Template(s) you w ant to delete. 2 Click th e Delete Conference Template () button. or Right-click and sel ect Delete Conf ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 380

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-14 Polycom, Inc. Exporting Conference T emplates Conference Templates are exported to a single XML file that can be used to import the Conference Templates on multiple MCUs. Using the Export Conference Templates option, you can: •E x p o r t a l l Confer ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 381

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-15 The Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, type the path name to the location where you want to save the exported file or click Browse to sel ect the desired path. 4 Optional. Clear the Export includes con ference profiles ch eck box when you only want ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 382

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-16 Polycom, Inc. 2 Right-click the Conference Templates to be ex ported, and then click Expo rt Selected Conference Templates . . The Conference Templates - Export dialog box is displayed. 3 In the Export Path field, type the pat h name to the location whe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 383

    Chapter 1 1-Conference T emplates Polycom, Inc. 11-17 6 Click OK to export the Conference Templates and Conference Profiles to a file. Importing Conference T emplates You can import Conference Templates and Conference Pr ofiles from one MC U to multiple MCUs in your environment. To import Conference Templates: 1 In the Collaboration Server Web Clie ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 384

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 11-18 Polycom, Inc. 4 In the Import P ath field, click Browse to navigate to the path and file name of the Conference Temp lates you want to import. When clicking the exported templates file yo u want to import, the system automatically displays the appropria ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 385

    Polycom, Inc. 12-1 12 Polycom Conferencing for Microsof t Outlook® Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is an add-in that enables users to easily organize and invite attendees to Video Enabled meetings via Microsoft Outlook ® . Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook is implemented by installing the Polycom Conferencing Add-in for Micros ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 386

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-2 Polycom, Inc. A Gathering Slide is displayed to connected particip ants until the conference starts. The Gathering Slide displays live video along with information taken from the meeting invitation such as the subject, meeting organizer, duration, di al-i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 387

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-3 To configure the Col laboration Server ’s Exchange Integratio n Configuration: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click S etup > Exchange Integration Configuratio n . The Exchange Integration Configuration dialog box is di splayed. There are three options that can be u ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 388

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-4 Polycom, Inc. a Define the following fields : b Click the OK button. T able 12-1 Exchange Integration Configuration - Option 1 Field Description Enable Calendaring Service Select or clear this check box to enable or disabl e the Calendaring Service using ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 389

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-5 Option 2 - Using an alt ernate Primary SMTP Ma ilbox a Define the following fields : Mailbox Properties Different Mailbox Names Additional Required Field Primary SMTP Mailbox T a ble 12-2 Exchange Integration Configurati on - Option 2 Field Description Enable Calendaring Ser ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 390

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-6 Polycom, Inc. b Click the OK button. Option 3 - Using modi fied Exchange Server setting s a Define the following fields : Exchange Web Services Folder Renamed from EWS to EWD Required Fields Full path to Exchange Server IIS Manager T able 12-3 Exchange In ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 391

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-7 b Click the OK button. If applicable, RSS, VMC , DMA and calend aring-enabled endp oints are configured with the Exchange Server Name, User Names and Passwords needed to access their accounts. For more informati on see the Pol ycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 392

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-8 Polycom, Inc. — International Spanish — Korean — Japanese — Simplified Chinese • Collaboration Server resource management is the responsibility of the system administrator: — Conferences initiated by Polycom Conferen cing for Microsoft Outlook ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 393

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-9 Creating and Connecting to a Conference Creating a Conference Meetings are organized using th e Microsoft Outlook client in the normal manner . If the meeting organizer decides that video par t icipants are to be include d in a multipoint video conference, he/she clicks the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 394

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-10 Polycom, Inc. Table 12-4 summarizes the Collaboration Server’s usage of Microsoft Outlook data fie lds included in the meeting invitation. Connecting to a Conference Participants can connect to the c onference in the following ways: • Participants wi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 395

    Chapter 12-Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook® Polycom, Inc. 12-11 Collaboration Server S t andalone Deployment When using a single Collaboration Server in a standalone deployment , connection is via an Ad Hoc Entry Queue. The meeting is started whe n the first participant connects to the Collaboration Server. When the first participant co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 396

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 12-12 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 397

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-1 Conference and Particip ant Monitoring You can monitor ongoing conferences and perf orm various operations while conferences are running. Three levels of monitoring are available with the Collaboration Server: • General Monitoring - You can monitor the general stat us of all on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 398

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-2 Polycom, Inc. General Monitoring Users can monitor a conference or keep tr ack of its participants and prog ress. For more information, see Polycom RealPresence Collaboratio n Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Getting Started Guide , " Monitoring Ongoing C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 399

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-3 Conference Level Monitoring In addition to the general conference informati on that is displayed in the Conference list pane, you can view the details of the confer ence’s current status and setup parameters, using the Conference Properties dialog box. The tabs displayed in the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 400

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-4 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Properties - General dial og box with the General tab opens. The following information is displayed in th e General tab: Viewing Permissi ons Chairperson Administrator Operato r Ta b General    T a ble 13-1 Conference ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 401

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-5 2 Click th e Advanced tab. Conference Password A numeric password for pa rticipants to access the conference. Chairperson Password A numeric password used by particip ants to identify themselves as the conference chairperson. ID The conference ID. Profile The name of the conferen ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 402

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-6 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box opens. 3 The following i nformation is displayed i n the Advanced tab: T a ble 13-2 Conference Propertie s - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Encryp tion Indicates whether the conf ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 403

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-7 4 Click th e Gathering Settings tab. The Conference Properties - Gathering Settings dialog box opens. TIP Compatibility Indicates the TIP Compatibility mode implemented for the conference, when the environment implements the Collaboration Server and Cisco T elepresence Systems (C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 404

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-8 Polycom, Inc. 5 The following i nformation is displayed: 6 Click the Video Qualit y tab. The Conference Properties - Video Quality dialog box opens. T a ble 13-3 Profile - Gathering Setti ngs Field/Option s Description Enable Gathering Indicates whether t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 405

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-9 The following i nformation is displayed: T a ble 13-4 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People V ideo Definition Video Quality Indicates the resolution and fram e rate that determine the video quality set for the conferenc e. Possible se tt ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 406

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-10 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the Video Sett ings tab to list the vid eo parameters. Send Co ntent to Legacy Endpoints (CP only) Indicates if th e Send Content to Legacy Endpoints is enabled. If enabled, Content can be sent to H.323/SIP/IS DN endpoints that do n ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 407

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-11 8 Click th e A udio Settings tab to view the audio setting for the conference. 9 If needed, you can enable or disable the Mute participants except lecturer setting. T elepresence Mode Enabled Indicates if the conference is running in T elepresen ce Mode. These fields are enabled ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 408

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-12 Polycom, Inc. 10 CP Only Conferences: Click the C ustomized Polling tab to view and modify the customized polling for the conference. All conference participants are listed in the left pane ( All Participants ) whil e the participants that are to be disp ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 409

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-13 11 Optional. Add a participant to the list of partici pants to be Auto Scanned : a Click on the participant’s name in the All Participants list. b Click the Add button to move the participant to the Scanning Order pane. 12 Optional. Delete a parti cipant from th e list of part ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 410

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-14 Polycom, Inc. For more information, see " Message Overlay for Text Messaging” on page 2- 80 . 24 Click the Network Servi ces tab to verify the SIP registration for the conference. 25 Click OK to close the Conference Properties dialog box. V iewing ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 411

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-15 3 Click th e Advanced tab. Routing Name The ASCII name of the conference. It can be used by H.323 and SIP participant s for dialing in directly to the conference. It is used to register the conference i n t he gatekeeper and the SIP server . Sta r t T i m e The time the co nfere ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 412

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-16 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Properties - Advanced dialog box opens. 4 The following i nformation is displayed i n the Advanced tab: T a ble 13-7 Conference Propertie s - Advanced Parameters Field/Optio n Description Encryp tion Indicates the Encr yption ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 413

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-17 5 Click th e Video Qual ity tab. The Conference Properti es - Video Qu ality dialog box opens. The following i nformation is displayed: T a ble 13-8 Conference Properties - Video Quality Parameters Field/Option Description People V ideo Definition Video Quality Indicates the res ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 414

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-18 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the Video Sett ings tab to view the video parameters defined for the conference. In SVC conferences, only Auto Layout is enabled and cannot be disabled. All other video settings are disabled. Content Resolution Resolution is fixed i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 415

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-19 7 Click th e Audio Settings tab to view the audio parameters defined for the conference. In SVC conferences, all Audio Settings options are disabled. 8 Click th e Information tab to view general information defined for the conference . Changes made to this information once the c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 416

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-20 Polycom, Inc. Requesting Help A participant can request help using the appr opriate DTMF code from his/her touch tone telephone or the endpoint’s DTMF input device . The participant can request Individual Assistance (default DTMF code *0 ) or Conferenc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 417

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-21 Request to Speak Participants that were muted by the conference organizer/system operator can indicate that they want to be unmuted by entering the appropriate DTMF code. An icon is displayed in the Role column of the Participant s list for 30 seconds. Request to Speak is: • A ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 418

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-22 Polycom, Inc. Participants are automatically added to the Participants Alerts list in th e follow ing circumstances: • The participant fails to connect to the conf erence by entering the wrong conference ID or conference password and waits for the oper ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 419

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-23 Particip ant Level Monitoring In addition to conference information, you can view detailed information regarding the status and parameters of each listed participant, using the Participant Properties dialog box. Participant properties can be displayed for all participants curren ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 420

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-24 Polycom, Inc. The Media Sources dialog box enables you to mute participant’s audio, suspend participant’s video transmissi on and select a personal Video Layout for the participant. IP Particip ant Properties The following parameters are displayed fo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 421

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-25 2 Click th e Connection Status tab to view the connection status, and if disconnected the cause of the disconnection. This dialog box is the same for AVC-based and SVC-based participants. Mute/Suspend Indicates if the endpoint’s audio and/or video chann els have been muted/ su ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 422

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-26 Polycom, Inc. The following parameters are displayed: Viewing Permissi ons Chairperson Administ rator Operator Ta b Connection Sta t u s    T a ble 13-1 1 Participant Properties - Connection Status Parameters Field Description Participant Status ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 423

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-27 3 Click th e H.245 (H.323) or SDP (SIP) tab during or after the participant’s connection process to view information that can help in resolving connection issues. T a ble 13-12 Participant Properties - H.245/SDP Parameters Field Description Remote Capabilities List s the parti ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 424

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-28 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click on the Channel Status tab to view the status of the various channels. Remote Communication Mode Displays the actual capabilitie s used by the endpoint when establishing the connection wit h the MCU (Endpoint to MCU). Local Communica ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 425

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-29 The following parame ters are displayed: T ab le 13-13 Participant Properties - Channel S tatus Parameters Field Description Channels Used When checked, indicates the channel type used by the participant to connect to the conference: Incoming channels are endpoint to MCU, Outgoi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 426

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-30 Polycom, Inc. Sync St atus Channe l - The channel type: Video or Content. Source - The name of the particip ant currently viewed by this participant. Position - The video layout position indicating the place of each participant as they appear in a con fe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 427

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-31 5 Click th e Channel Status Adv anced tab to view additional information for selected audio and video channels. In the Channel St atus - Advanced tab, channels can be sele cted for viewing additional information: Viewing Permissions Chairperson Administ rator Operator Ta b Chann ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 428

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-32 Polycom, Inc. ICE RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 IP Address The IP address, port number , and tran sport p rotocol of the MCU used to pass through the media when ICE is functional. See Appendi x H, “ Participant Properties - IC ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 429

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-33 6 Optional for H .323 AVC-based participants. Click the Gatekeeper Status tab to view its parameters. Viewing Permissions Chairperson Administrator Operator Ta b Gatekeeper Stat u s    T ab le 13-15 Participant Properties - Ga tekeeper Status Parameters Field Descriptio ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 430

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-34 Polycom, Inc. 7 Optional fo r SIP AVC-based and SVC-based part icipants. Click the Call Admission Control tab to view its parameters. Viewing Permissions Chairperson Administrator Operator Ta b Gatekeeper Stat u s    T able 13-16 Participant Pro ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 431

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-35 Monitoring SIP BFCP Content In the SIP Participant Properties dialog box, BFCP stat us informat ion appear s in: • All three panes of the SDP tab. •T h e Channel Status tab. •T h e Channel Status - Advanced tab. For more information see " Participant Level Monitor ing ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 432

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-36 Polycom, Inc. Detecting SIP End point Disconnection When an abnormal disconnection of SIP endpoint s occurs because of network problems or client application failur es, SIP endpoints re main connected to the confe rence causing connection disruptions. Fo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 433

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-37 Monitoring ISDN /PSTN Particip ants Using the Participant Prope rties dialog box, you can monitor and verify the proper ties of an ISDN/PSTN participant. The dialog box’s tabs contain information that is relevant to the participant’s status only whil e the conference is runn ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 434

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-38 Polycom, Inc. The Participant Properties - Media Sources dialog box is displ ayed. T ab le 13-18 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Media Sources Field Description Mute/Suspend Indicates if th e endpoint’s audio and/or video channe ls from the endpoint ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 435

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-39 2 Click th e H.221 tab to view additional information that can help to resolve conne ction issues. T a ble 13-19 Participant Properties - H.221 Parame ters Field Description Remote Capabilities List s the participant’s capabilities as declared by the endpoint. Remote Communic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 436

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-40 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Connection Status tab to view general information regarding the participant connection and disconnection causes of the participant to the conference. T ab le 13-20 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Connection St atus Field Desc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 437

    Chapter 13-Confere nce and Particip ant Monitoring Polycom, Inc. 13-41 4 Click th e Channel Status tab to view th e status of a participant’ s channels. T able 13 -21 ISDN/PSTN Participant Properties - Channel St atu s Field Description Connected Me dia Indicates if the particip a nt is connected with Audio, Video and Content media channels. Chan ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 438

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/20 00/4000 Administrator’s Guide 13-42 Polycom, Inc. The Connected Me dia and Channels Used fields of an Aud io Only participant are displayed as follows: Monitoring T elepresence Particip ant Properties A Telepresence status indicat or is displayed in the Participant Properties - Advanced ta ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 439

    Polycom, Inc. 14-1 14 Recording Conferences Conferences running on the Collaboration Server can be recorded using a Polycom® RSS™ Recording and Streaming Server ( RSS ). The recording system can be installed at the same site as the conferencing MCU or at a remote site. Several MCU’s can share the same re cording system. Recording conferences i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 440

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 14-2 Polycom, Inc. Configuring the Collaboration Server to Enable Recording To make recording possible the following components you must be configured on the Collaboration Server : • Recording Link – defines the connection between the conference and the recording ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 441

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-3 The New Recording Link dialog box is displayed. 3 Define the following parameter s: T a ble 14-1 Recording Link Parameters Parameter Description Name Displays the default name that is assigne d to the Recording Link. If multiple Recording Links are defined, it is recommended to use a descriptive ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 442

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 14-4 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click OK . The Recording Link is added to the Collaboration Server unit. Enabling the Recording Fea tures in a Conference IVR Service To record a conference, a Conference IVR Service in which the recording messages and DTMF codes are activated mus ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 443

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-5 7 To modify the DTMF code or permission for a re cording function: a Select the desired DTMF name (Start, St op or Pause Recording), click the DTMF code entry and type a new code. b In the Permission entry, select whether this fun cti on can be used by all conference participants or only the chai ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 444

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 14-6 Polycom, Inc. 4 Select the Enable Recording check box. 5 Define the following par ameters: 6 Click OK . Recording is enabled in t he Conference Profile . T a ble 14-3 Confere nce Profile Recording Parameters Parameter Description Enable Recordi ng Select to enabl ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 445

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-7 Recording Link Encryption The Recording Link can be encrypted when recording an encrypted conference. The encryption of the Recording Link is enabled when Encryption is selected in the Conference Profile on the Collaboration Server and on the RSS, and the system flag ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT_RECOR DING_ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 446

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 14-8 Polycom, Inc. Recording Link Settings The recording of encrypted conference s via an encrypted Recording Link is enabled in the Conference Profile by: • Selecting the Encryption option ( Encrypt Al l or Encrypt when Possi ble ) in the Advanced tab. For more det ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 447

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-9 Recording Link Layout When the video layout of the conference is set to Auto Layout , the recording of the conference will now include all the confer ence participants and not n-1 participants as in previous versions. In the new Auto Layout algorithm, the Recording Link is counted as a “ partic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 448

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 14-10 Polycom, Inc. Using the Collaboration Server Web Client to Manage the Recording Process To manage the recording proce ss using the right-click menu: >> Right-click the Recording participant in the conference and select from one of the following options: T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 449

    Chapter 14-Recordin g Conferences Polycom, Inc. 14-11 To manage the recording process using the Conference toolbar: >> In the Conferences pane, click on e of the following buttons in the Conference tool bar. Using DTMF Codes to Mana ge the Recording Process By entering the appropriate DTMF code on the endpoint, the chairperson can Sto p the r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 450

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 14-12 Polycom, Inc. Once added to the confer ence, the MCU automatically connects th e participant (the link to Codian VCR ) and the recording is automatically started on the Codian VC R . A connection can also be defined on the Codian VCR , dialing into the recorded ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 451

    Polycom, Inc. 15-1 15 Users, Connections, and Notes Users Collaboration Server Web Client users are defined in the User’s table and can con nect to the MCU to perform various operations. A maximum of 100 users can be define d per MCU. User T ypes The MCU supports the following user Authorization Levels: — Administrator — Operator — Machine ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 452

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 15-2 Polycom, Inc. Operat or An Operator can manage Meeting Rooms, Prof iles, Entry Queues, and SIP Factories, and can also view the Collaboration Server configurations, but cannot change them. Administrator and Operator users can verify wh ich users are defined in th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 453

    Chapter 15-Users, Con nections, and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-3 In Ultra Se cure Mode (ULTRA_SECURE_MODE=YES), Users can be automati cally disabled or locked out by the syst em when they do not log into the Collaboration Server application for a predefined pe riod or if their login session does not meet Enhanced Security requirements . Users can be ma ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 454

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 15-4 Polycom, Inc. Deleting a User 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click the Users ( ) button. 2 Select the user and click the Delete ( ) button or right-click the user and then click Delete User . The system displays a confirmation message. 3 In the co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 455

    Chapter 15-Users, Con nections, and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-5 To disable a user: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click the Users ( ) button. The Users pane is di splayed. 2 In the Users pane, right-click the user to be disabled and select Disabl e User in the menu. A confirmation box i s displayed. 3 Click YES . The User status in the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 456

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 15-6 Polycom, Inc. Renaming a User To rename a user: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click the Users ( ) button. The Users pane is display ed. 2 Right-click the user to be renamed and select Rename User . The Rename User dialog box is displayed. 3 Enter ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 457

    Chapter 15-Users, Con nections, and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-7 2 The Collaboration Server searches its records to find the FQDN that is associated with the application-user’s name. 3 If the FQDN in the received certificate matches that associated with application-user , and the password is correct, the connection proceeds. Guidelines • Applicatio ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 458

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 15-8 Polycom, Inc. Active Directory • When working with Active Directory , CMA, DMA, and XMA cannot be registered within Active Directory as regular users. CMA and DMA application-users must be manually. • The only restriction is that TLS mode is enabled together ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 459

    Chapter 15-Users, Con nections, and Notes Polycom, Inc. 15-9 Notes Notes are the electronic equivalent of paper sticky notes. You can use n otes to write down questions, important phone numbers, names of contact persons, ideas, reminders, and anything you would write on note paper. Notes can be left open on the screen while you work. Notes can be r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 460

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 15-10 Polycom, Inc. To delete a note: 1 In the Notes list , select the entry for the note to delete and click the Delete Note button ( ), or right-click the entry a nd select Delete Note . A delete confirmation dialog box is displayed. 2 Click OK to delete the note, o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 461

    Polycom, Inc. 16-1 16 Network Services To enable the RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) to function within IP and ISDN/ PSTN network environments, network parameters must be defined for both the IP Network Services and ISDN/ PSTN Network Services. The IP Network Service must be defined for the Collaboration Server, while the ISDN/PSTN Ne twor ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 462

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-2 Polycom, Inc. When IPv4 is selected, IPv6 fields are not displayed and conve rsely when IPv6 is selected, IPv4 fields are not displa yed. When IPv6 & IPv4 is selected both IPv6 and IPv4 fields are displayed. For the purposes of comprehensiv e documentation, al ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 463

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-3 •F i r s t t i m e p o w e r - u p . • Deletion of the D efault IP Service , followed by a system re set. For more information, see the Polycom RealPresence Collab oration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/ 4000 Getting Started Guide, " Procedure 1: First-time Power-up” on page 2-27 . Modifying the Man ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 464

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-4 Polycom, Inc. 3 Modify the following fields: Ta b l e 1 6 -1 Default Management Network Service – IP Field Descrip tion Network Service Name Displays the name of the Manag ement Network. This name cannot be modified. Note: This field is displayed in all Manageme ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 465

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-5 Control Unit IP Address IPv4 The IPv4 address of the Collaboration Server. This IP address is used by the RP Collaboration Server Web Client to connect to the Collaboration Server. IPv6 The IPv6 address of the MCU. This IP address is used by the RP Coll aboration Server Web Client to connect to the Col ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 466

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-6 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Routers tab. 5 Modify the following fields: T a ble 16-2 Default Mana gement Network Service – Routers Field Description Default Router IP Address IPv4 Enter the IP address of the default router . The default router i s used whenever th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 467

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-7 St atic Routes IPv4 Only T able The system uses S tatic Routes to search other networks for endpoint addresses that are not found on the local LAN. Up to five routers can be defined in addition to the Default Router . The order in wh ich the routers appear in the li st determines the order in which the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 468

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-8 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the DNS tab. 7 Modify the following fields: 8 RealPresence Collaboratio n Server (RMX) 2000 only: Click the LAN P orts tab. T a ble 16-3 Default Mana gement Network Service – DNS Field Description MCU Host Name Enter the name of the MCU on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 469

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-9 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RM X) 1500/4000 : If you want to modify the LAN Port Speed Settings on an RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) 1500/4000 see " Ethernet Se ttings” on page 16- 28 . 9 View or modify the following field s: T a ble 16-4 Management Network Properties – LAN Po ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 470

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-10 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Security tab. 11 Modify the following fields: T a ble 16-5 Management Network Properties – Security Pa rameters Field Description Secured Communication Select to enable Secured Commu nication. The Collaboration Server su pports TL S 1 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 471

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-11 12 Click OK. 13 If you have modified the Management Network Properties , reset the MCU. 14 Optional. Click the Wh itelist tab. A White List contains the addresses of IP Networking Ent ities permitted to connect to the RMX’s Management Network ; Networking Entities such as Net work Hosts, Control Wor ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 472

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-12 Polycom, Inc. Fast Configuration Wizard The Fast Configuration Wizard enables you to config ure the Defaul t IP Service . It starts automatically if no Default IP Network Service is defined. This happens during First T ime Power-up , before the service has been d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 473

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-13 IP Network T ype Displays the network type selected during the First En try configuration. The Default IP Ne twork icon indicate s the selected environment. Y ou can select: • H.323: For an H.323-only Network Service. • SIP: For a SIP-only Netw ork Service. • H.323 & SIP: For an integrated I ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 474

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-14 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Routers tab. With the exception of IP Network Type , the field definitions of the Routers tab are the same as for the Default Management Network. For more information see " Click the Routers tab.” on page 16-6 . 5 Optional. Click ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 475

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-15 a In the New IP Network Service / IP Network Service Properties dialog box, click the DNS tab. b In the DNS field select Specify . c In the DNS Server Address field, enter the IP address of the DNS Server for the IP Network Service . d Continue configuring the IP Network Service or click OK to save yo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 476

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-16 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click the Gatekeepe r tab. 7 Modify the following fields: T a ble 16-7 Default IP Service – Conferencing – Gateke eper Parameters Field Description Gatekeeper Select Sp ec if y to enable configuration of the gatekeeper IP address. When Off is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 477

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-17 8 Click th e Ports tab. Refresh Registration every __ seconds The frequency with which the system in forms the gatekeeper that it is active by re-sending the IP address and aliases of the IP cards to the gatekeeper . If the IP card does no t register within the defined time interval, the gateke eper w ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 478

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-18 Polycom, Inc. Settings in the Ports tab allow specific ports in the firewall to be allocated to multimedia conference calls. The port range recommended by IANA (Int ernet Assigned Numbers Authority) is 49152 to 65535. The Collaboration Server us es this recommend ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 479

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-19 10 If required, click the QoS tab. Quality of Service (QoS) is important when transm itting high bandwidth audio and video information. QoS can be measured and guaranteed in terms of: • Average delay between packe ts • Variation in delay (jitt er) • Transmission error rate UDP Port from - to Dis ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 480

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-20 Polycom, Inc. DiffServ and Precedence are the two QoS methods supported by the Collaboration Server. These methods diff er in the way the packe t’s priority is en coded in the packe t header . The Collaboration Server ’s implementation of QoS is defined per N ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 481

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-21 12 Click th e SIP Servers tab. 13 Modify the following field s: TOS Select the type of Service (TOS) that defines o ptimization tagging for routing the conference s audio and video packets. • Delay: The recommen ded default for video conferenci ng; prioritized audio and video packets tagged with thi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 482

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-22 Polycom, Inc. Refresh Registration T his defines the time in seconds, in which the Collabora tion Server refreshes it’s registration on the SIP server . For example, if “3600” is entered the Collabora tion Server will re fresh it’s registration on the SIP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 483

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-23 Port Enter the number of the TCP or UDP port used for listening. The port number must match the port numb er configured in the SIP server . Default port is 5060. Outbound Proxy Servers: Primar y / Alternate Se rver Parameter Server IP Address By default, the Outbound Proxy Server is the same as the SI ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 484

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-24 Polycom, Inc. 14 Click the Security tab. 15 Modify the follow ing fields: T a ble 16-1 1 Default IP Network Service – Security (SIP Digest) Field Description SIP Authentication Click this check box to enable SIP proxy authentication. Select this check box only ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 485

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-25 If the Authe ntication User Name and Authentication Password fields are left empty, the SIP Digest authentication request is rejected. For registra tion without authentication, the Collaboration Server must be registered as a trusted entity on the SIP server. H.323 Authenticatio n Click this check box ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 486

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-26 Polycom, Inc. 16 Optional. To configure the ICE environment, click the SIP Advanced tab. 17 Modify the foll owing fields: 18 Optional. Click the V35 Gateway tab. T a ble 16-12 Default IP Network Service – SIP Advanced Field Description Server User Name Enter th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 487

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-27 The V35 Gatewa y dialog box is displaye d. 19 Modify the following fiel ds: 20 Click th e OK button. T a ble 16-13 Network Service - V35 tab Field Description V35 Gateway IP Address Enter the Management IP address of the manag ement interface of the Serial Gateway . For more informati on see the RealP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 488

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-28 Polycom, Inc. Ethernet Settings In the RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX) 1500/4000 the automatically identified speed and transmit/rece ive mode of each LAN port used by the system can be manually modified if the specific switch requires it. These settings ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 489

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-29 The Ethernet Settings dialog box opens. RealPresence Collaboratio n Server (RMX) 4000 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 in Ultra Secure Mode RealPresence Collab oration Server (RMX) 1500/4 000 : Although the RTM LAN (media card) ports are shown a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 490

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-30 Polycom, Inc. 2 Modify the following field: 3 Click the OK button. T a ble 16-15 Ethernet Settings Parameters Field Description Speed The Collaboratio n Server has 3 LAN p orts on the RTM-IP (Management, Signaling and Shelf Management), an d additional LAN ports ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 491

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-31 IP Network Monitoring The Signaling Monitor is the Collaboration Server entity used for monitoring the status of external network entities such as the gateke eper, DNS, SIP proxy and Outbound proxy and their interaction with the MCU. To monitor sign aling status: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click Si ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 492

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-32 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the H.323 tab. The H.323 tab displays the following fields: IPv6 Scope IP Address Global The Global Unicast IP address of the Collaboration Server. Site-Local The IP address of the Colla boration Server within the local site or organization. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 493

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-33 4 Click th e SIP Servers tab. The SIP Servers tab displays t he following fie lds: Registration Interval The interval in seconds between the Signaling Host’s registration messages to the gatekeeper . This value is taken from either the IP Network Service or from the gate keeper during registratio n. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 494

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-34 Polycom, Inc. 5 Click the ICE Serv ers tab. The ICE Servers tab displays the following fields: S tatus The connection state between the SIP Server and the Signali ng Host. Not A vailable - No SIP server is available . Auto - Gets information from DHCP , if used. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 495

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-35 St atus 1/2/3/4 A st atus is displayed for each medi a card installed in the Collaboration Server: • Connection O.K. • MS – register fail • MS – subscribe fail • MS – service fail • Connection failed • User/password failed • Channel didn't receive any packets for 5 seconds • ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 496

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-36 Polycom, Inc. Using IPv6 Networking Addresses for Collaboration Server Internal and External Entities IPv6 addresses can be assigned to both Collaboration Server ( Internal ) and External Entity addresses. Collaboration Server Internal Addresses Default Managemen ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 497

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-37 LAN Redundancy LAN Redundancy en ables the redundant LAN po rt connection to auto matically replace the failed port by using another ph ysical connection and NIC (Network Interface Card). When a LAN port fails, IP network traffic fail ure is averted and network or endpoints disconnections do not occur ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 498

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-38 Polycom, Inc. • LAN 1 port can be used to define a second Network Service or for LAN Redundancy Figure 16-1 RealPres ence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 - RTM IP 1500 on Rear Panel On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 and RealPresence Collaborat ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 499

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-39 Signaling and Management Redundancy RealPresence Collabor ation Se rver (RMX) 1500 On the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 , for Signaling and M anagement Redundancy , the MNG port is redundant to the MNG B port and must have a LAN cable connected. Figure 16-3 RealPresence Co llaboration S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 500

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-40 Polycom, Inc. Hardware Monitor Indications When LAN Redundancy is enabled on the Collaboration Server , LAN 2 port is Ac tive. With LAN redundancy, when LAN LEDs are lit they indicate that a physical connection of the cables is present but d oes not indicate thei ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 501

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-41 Network T raffic Control The Network Traffic Control mechanism c ontrols the level of UDP packets ge nerated by the system. It regulates a se t of queuing systems and mechanisms by which UD P packets are received and “transmitted” to the network router. During a conference the MPMx cards occasi on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 502

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-42 Polycom, Inc. RealPresence Collaboration Se rver (RMX) Network Port Usage The following table summarizes the port numb ers and their usage in the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000: T ab le 16-23 Collaborati on Server Network Port Usage Summar ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 503

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-43 SIP server 5060 60000 UDP , TCP Connection to the SIP Server . Sometimes port 60000 is used when the system cannot reuse the TCP port. This port can be set in the Central signaling (CS) configuration fil e. Y es - in the IP service. Alternative SIP server 5060 60000 UDP , TCP Connection to the alterna ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 504

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-44 Polycom, Inc. ISDN/PSTN Network Services To enable ISDN and PSTN participants to connect to the MCU, an ISDN/PSTN Network Service must be defined. A maximum of tw o ISDN/PSTN Network Services, of the same Span Type (E1 or T1) can be defined for the Collab oration ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 505

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-45 Adding/Modifying ISDN/PSTN Network Services The system administrator can use the RMX Management – ISDN/P STN Network Services section of the RP Collaboration Server Web Client to add a second ISD N/PSTN Network Service or modify the first ISDN/PSTN Networ k Service. Obt a ining ISDN/PSTN required in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 506

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-46 Polycom, Inc. The Fast Configuration Wizard sequence begins with the ISDN/PSTN dialog box: 3 Define the following par ameters: 4 Click Next . T a ble 16-24 ISDN Service Settings Field Description Network Service Name S pecify th e service provider ’s (carrier) ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 507

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-47 The PRI Settings dia log box is displayed: 5 Define the following parameter s: T a ble 16-25 PRI Settings Field Description Default Num T ype Select the Default Num T y pe from the list. The Num T ype de fines how the system handles the dialing d igits. For example, if you type eight dialing digits, t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 508

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-48 Polycom, Inc. 6 Click Next . The Span Definition dialog box is displayed: Dial-out Prefix Enter the prefix that the PBX requires to dial out. Leave this field blank if a dial-out prefix is not required. The field can contain be empty (blank) or a numeric value be ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 509

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-49 7 Click Next . The Phones dialog is displ ayed. 8 To define dial-in number ranges click the Add button. 9 The Add Phone Numb er dialog box opens. 10 Define the following parameter s: Line Codin g Select the PRI line coding method from the list. • For T1 spans, default is B8ZS. • For E1 spans, defa ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 510

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-50 Polycom, Inc. 11 Click OK . The new range is added to the Dial-in Phone Numbers table. 12 Optional . Repeat steps 8 to 10 to define additi onal dial-in ranges. 13 Enter the MCU CLI (Calling Line Identification). In a dial-in connections, the MCU CLI indicates the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 511

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-51 16 Attach spans to existing Network Services, by marking the appropriate check boxes in the Attached field. Each ISDN/PSTN card can suppo rt 7 E1 or 9 T1 PRI lines. 17 Click Save & Cl ose . Modifying an ISDN/PSTN Network Service To Modify an ISDN /PSTN Network Service: 1 In the RMX Management pane ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 512

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-52 Polycom, Inc. — Spans • Attached All other ISDN Properties can only be modified only by deleting the ISDN/PSTN network service and cr eating a new PSTN service using the Fast Configuration Wizard. For more information, see " To Add an ISDN/PSTN Network S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 513

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-53 Network Security System security can be e nhanced by separating the Media , Sign aling and Management Networks . RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX ) 1500/RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 On the RealPresence Collabor ation Server (RMX) 1500 and RealPresence Collaborat ion Server (RMX) ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 514

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-54 Polycom, Inc. The following figure shows the network topolo gy with three different media and signaling networks and one Management network connecte d to the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 . Figure 16-5 RealPres ence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 515

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-55 • Multiple Network Services are not suppor ted with Microsoft ICE Environments in versions prior to Version 7.8 . • Only IPv4 is supported for the defini tion of Multiple Network Services. •O n t h e RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500 , up to two Network Services, one per LAN port, ca ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 516

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-56 Polycom, Inc. — Dial-out partici pant - according to the Network Service selected during the participant properties definition or during conference de finition, according to the Network Service selected as d efault. • Recording Links use the default Network S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 517

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-57 — Modify the Man agement Network parame ters on the USB Key. For more details see the RMX™ 1800 Getting Started Guide , " Modifying th e Factory Default Management Network Settings on the USB Key” on page 2-6 . 2 Hardware Installati on and Setup — Mount the Collaboration Server in a rack. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 518

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-58 Polycom, Inc. 5 Connect the additional network cables to the Collaboration Server and change existing connections to match the required c onfiguration as described in the " RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Hardware Installation” on page 16-59 . At t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 519

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-59 RealPresence Collaborati on Server (RMX) Ha rdware Inst allation RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 4000: The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 520

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-60 Polycom, Inc. Connecting th e cables to the RTM LAN : Figure 16-6 shows the cables connected to the RealPre sence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 rear panel, when one RTM ISDN and three RTM LAN cards are installed providing IP and ISDN connectivity. The RTM IS DN ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 521

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-61 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP: The following cables are connected to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000: Connecting the cabl es to the RTM LAN: If one LAN port per RTM ISDN/ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 522

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-62 Polycom, Inc. RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Multiple Services Configuration Connecting the cables to the RTM IP 1500: The following cables are connecte d to the RTM IP on the rear panel of the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500: Collabora ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 523

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-63 IP Network Se rvice Definiti on Use this procedure to define Network Services in addition to the Network Service already defined during first entry install ation and c onfiguration. Each of the de fined Network Service can be associated with one or more media cards installed in the system (depending o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 524

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-64 Polycom, Inc. 4 Optional. Some system flags can be defined per Network Service, depending on the network environ ment. To modify these flags, cli ck the Service Config uration button. The Service Configuration dialog box opens. Media Card 2 IP Address (RealPresen ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 525

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-65 All the flags must be manually ad ded to this dialog box. For a detailed description of the flags and how to add them, see " Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags” on page 22-19 . The following flags can be defined per service: — ALLOW_NON_ENCRYPT _PARTY_IN_ENCRYPT_CONF — ENABLE_H239 ? ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 526

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-66 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the DNS tab. 8 Modify the following fields: T a ble 16-37 Default Manage ment Network Service – DNS Field Description Service Host Name Enter the host name of this network Service. Each Network Service must have a unique Host Name otherwis ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 527

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-67 9 Click th e Gatekeep er tab. 10 Define the Primary and Alternate Gatekeepers and at least one Alias for this network Service. The field definitions of the Gatekeeper tab are the same as for the Default IP Network Service . For more information see " Click the Gatekeeper tab.” on page 16-16 . 1 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 528

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-68 Polycom, Inc. The field definitions of the SIP Servers ta b are the same as for the Default IP Network Service . For more information see the RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide , " Click the SIP Servers tab.” on page 16-21 . 15 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 529

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-69 Ethernet Settings The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 is set to automatically identify the speed and transmit/receive mode of each LAN ports located on the RTM LAN or RTM ISDN cards that are added to the system. These port settings can be manually configured if the specific swit ch requir ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 530

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-70 Polycom, Inc. The registration is defined in the Confe rence Profile - Network Services tab. In the IP Network Services table, the system lists all the defined Network Se rvices (one or several depending on the system configuration). • To register the conferenc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 531

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-71 Gateway Profiles To enable the Collaboration Server to call the destination endpoint/M CU via IP connection, the Network Service for the call must be selected in the Gat eway Profile dialog box. The Network Service set as de fault is used if no other Network Service is selected. If the same Network Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 532

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-72 Polycom, Inc. Signaling Monitor The Signaling Monitor pane includes the list of the IP Network Services defined in the system (up to two in the RealPresence Co llaboration Server (RMX) 1500/R ealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 and u p to four in the Real ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 533

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-73 Reserving Video Res ources for a Conference When defining a new ongoing conference or a conference reservation, you can select the Network Service that will be used to reserve th e required resources. If no Network Service is selected, the default Network Service is used. Th erefore, make sure that no ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 534

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-74 Polycom, Inc. Resource Report The Resource Report displays the resource usage in total and per Netw ork Service in a table format. The Resources per Service table provid es the actual information on resource usage and availability per netw ork Service and provid ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 535

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-75 NA T (Network Address T ranslation) T raversal NAT Traversal is a set of techniques enabling partic ipants behind firewalls to connec t to conferences, hosted on the Collaboration Server , remotely using the internet. Session Border Controller (SBC) All signaling and media for both SIP and H.323 will ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 536

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-76 Polycom, Inc. Business to Business Connections The following Business to Business connection call flow options are supported: SIP / H.323 No SAM Only  No H.323 T ab le 16-40 Remote Connection (Continue d) Enterprise Client CMA Client Environment Registered SBC ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 537

    Chapter 16-Network Services Polycom, Inc. 16-77 FW (Firewall) NA T Keep Alive The Collaboration Server can be configured to send a FW NAT keep alive message at specific Intervals for the RTP, UDP and BFCP channels. This is necessary because port mappings in the firewall are kept open only if there is network traffic in bot h directions. The firewal ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 538

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 16-78 Polycom, Inc. SIP TCP Keep-Alive SIP TCP Keep Alive behavior is defined for each IP Ne twork Service and can be modified by adding the following System Flags and modifying their values: • SIP_TCP_KEEPALIVE_TYPE • SIP_TCP_KEEP_ALIVE_BEHAVIOR For a detailed des ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 539

    Polycom, Inc. 17-1 17 IVR Services Interactive Voice Response (IVR) is an applicat ion that allows participants to communicat e with the conferencing system vi a their endpoint’s input device (such as a remote control). The IVR Service includes a set of voice prom pts and a video slide used to automate the participants connection to a conference ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 540

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-2 Polycom, Inc. The list pane dis plays the Conference IVR Services list and the total nu mber of IVR services currently defined in the system. IVR Services T oolbar The IVR Services toolbar provid es quick access to the IVR Se rvice definitions as follows: IVR T o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 541

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-3 Adding Languages You can define different sets of audio prom pts in different languages, allowing the participants to hear the messag es in their preferred language. The Collaboration Server is shipped with a defaul t language (English) and all the prompts and messages required for the default IVR Services ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 542

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-4 Polycom, Inc. The New Language dialog box opens. 5 In the New L anguage box, enter the name of the new language. The language name can be typed in Unicode and ca nnot start with a digi t. Maximum field length is 31 characters. 6 Click OK . The new language is add ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 543

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-5 Table 17-2 l ists the Message Types for e ach category: 6 Click Upload File to upload the a ppropriate audi o file to the MC U. The Install File dialog box opens. 7 Enter the file name or click the Browse button to select the audio file to upload. The Select Source File dialog box opens. T a ble 17-2 IVR M ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 544

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-6 Polycom, Inc. 8 Select the appropriate *.wav audio file, and then click the Open button. The name of the selected file is displayed in the In stall field in the Install Fi le dialog box. 9 Optional. You can pl ay a .wav file by selecting the Pl ay button ( ) . 10 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 545

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-7 2 Define the following parameter s: T a ble 17-3 Conference IVR Service Properties - Global Parameters Field/Option Description Conference IVR Service Name Enter the name of the Conference IVR Service. The maximum field length is 20 characters and may be typed in Unicode. Language For IVR Select the langua ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 546

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-8 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Welcome tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Welco me dialog box opens. 4 Select the Enable Welcome Messages check box to define the system behavior when the participant enters the Conference IVR queu e. When participants access a confe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 547

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-9 7 Click th e Conference Chairperson tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conference Chairperson dialog box opens. 8 Select the Enable Chairperson Messages check box to enable the chairp erson functionality. If this feature is di sabled, participants are not able to connect as the chairperson. 9 Select the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 548

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-10 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Conference Password tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Conference Password dialog box opens. 11 Select the Enable Password Messages check box to request the conference passw ord before moving the participant from the conference IVR ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 549

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-11 14 Click th e General tab . The New Conference IVR Service - General dialog box opens. The General dialog box lists messages that are played during the conference. These messages are played when participants or the conference chairperson perform various operations or when a change occurs. 15 To assign the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 550

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-12 Polycom, Inc. Change Conference Password Requests the participant to enter a new conferen ce password when the participant is attempting to modify the conference password. Change Password Failure A message played when the participant enters an invalid password, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 551

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-13 First to Join Informs the particip ant that he or she is the first person to join the conference . Incorrect Destination ID If the participant entered an incorrect conference ID (in gateway calls it is the destination n umber), re quests the participant to enter the number again. Note: This option is not ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 552

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-14 Polycom, Inc. 18 Click the Roll Call/Noti fications tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Roll Call dialog box opens. The Roll Call feature of the Conference IVR Service is used to record the participants’ names for playback when the particip ants join and lea ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 553

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-15 b Select Enable Tones to enable the Tone Notifications option. The dialog box changes to display the tone notification options and all Roll Call options are disable d. In such a case, skip to step 22. c Select None to disable the Roll Call and Tone Notifications feat ures. If Enable Roll Cal l option is s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 554

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-16 Polycom, Inc. If Enable Tone Notifications option is selected: 22 Select the Entry Tone or Exit tone: a Click the appropriate table entry in the M essage File column. A drop-down list is enabled. b From the list, sel ect the audio file to be assigned to the even ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 555

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-17 23 Click th e Video Services tab. The New Conference IVR Service - Video Services dialog box opens. . In addition to the low a nd high resolution sl ides included in the default slide set, customized low and hi gh resolution slides are supported. The following guid elines apply: — Two customized slides ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 556

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-18 Polycom, Inc. — If the uploaded slides are not o f the exact SD or HD resolution, an error message is displayed and the slide s are automatically cropped or enlarged to the right size. — If a slide that is selected in an IVR Service is deleted, a warning is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 557

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-19 25 If the video slide file was not uploaded to the MCU prior to the IVR Service definition, click the: — Add Slide - Low Resolution button to upload a Low Resolu tion Slide . — Add Slide - Hig h Resolution button to upload a High Resolu tion Slide . The Install File dialog box opens. The uploading pro ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 558

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-20 Polycom, Inc. • This dialog box lists the default DTMF co des for the various functions that can be performed during the conference by al l participants or by the chairperson. T a ble 17-10 New Conference IVR Service Properties - DTMF Codes Operation DTMF S tr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 559

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-21 27 To modify the DTMF code or permission: a In the DTMF Code column, in the appropriate entry enter the new code. b In the Permission column, select from the list who can use this feature (Everyone or just the Chairperson). Decrease Listening V olu me Note: This option is not available for SVC participant ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 560

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-22 Polycom, Inc. 28 Click the Operator Assistance tab. The Operator Assistance dialog box opens. 29 Select Enable Operator Assistance to enable operator assistance when the participant requires or requests help during the connect ion process to the conference or du ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 561

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-23 Entry Queue IVR Service An Entry Queue (EQ) is a routing lobby for c onferences. Participants are routed to the appropriate conference according to the confere nce ID they enter. An Entry Queue IVR Service must be assigned to the E ntry Queue to enable the voice prompts and video slide guid ing the partic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 562

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-24 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the Welcome tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Welcome dialog box opens. 5 Define the appropriate parameters . T his dialog box contains options that are identical to those in the Conference IVR Service - Welcome Message dialog box. For ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 563

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-25 6 Click th e Conference ID tab. The New Entry Queue IVR Service - Confe rence ID dialog box opens. 7 Select the voice messages: 8 Assign an audio file to ea ch message type, as follows: — In the Message File column, click the table entry, and then select the appropriate audio message. 9 Click th e Gener ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 564

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-26 Polycom, Inc. The administrator can enable an audio messag e that informs the participant of the lack of Video Resources in the Collaboration Server and that he/she is being connected as Audio Only . The message states: All video re sources are currently in use. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 565

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-27 14 If the video slide file was not uploaded to the MCU prior to the IVR Service definition, click the: — Add Slide - Low Resolution button to upload a Low Resolu tion Slide . — Add Slide - Hig h Resolution button to upload a High Resolu tion Slide . The Install File dialog box opens. The uploading pro ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 566

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-28 Polycom, Inc. Alternatively, in the IVR Services list, right-click the Conference IVR Service and then select Set Default Conference IVR Service . The IVR Service is displayed in bold, indicati ng that it is the current default service. To select the Default Ent ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 567

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-29 Modifying the Conference or Entr y Queue IVR Service Properties You can modify the properties of an existing IVR Service , except the service name and language. To modify the proper ties of an IVR Service: 1 In the Collaboration Server Management pane, click IVR Services . 2 In the IVR Services list, Clic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 568

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-30 Polycom, Inc. Replacing the Music File The Collaboration Server is shipped with a default music file that is played when participants are placed on hold, for example, while waiting for the chairperson to connect to the conference (if the conference requires a ch ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 569

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-31 Creating Audio Prompt s and V ideo Slides The Collaboration Server is shippe d with default voice messages (i n WAV format) and video slides that are used for the default IVR servic es. You can create your own video slides and record the voice messages for different la nguages or customize them to your ne ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 570

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-32 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Convert Now button. The Sound Selection dialog box opens. 4 In the Format field, select PCM . 5 In the Attributes list , select 16.000 kHz, 16Bit, M ono. 6 To save this format, click the Save As button. The Save As dialog box opens. 7 S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 571

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-33 To record a new audio message: Make sure that a microphone or a soun d input device is connected to your PC. 1 On your PC, click Start > P rograms > Accessories > Entertainment > Sound Recorder . The Sound–Sound Recorder dialog box opens. 2 Click File > New . 3 Click th e Record button. T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 572

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-34 Polycom, Inc. 9 Click OK . The system returns to the Save As dialog box. 10 In the Save in field, select the directory wh ere the file will be stored. 11 In the Save as Type field, select the *.wav file format. 12 In the File name box, type a name for the messag ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 573

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-35 Inviting Particip ant s using DTMF A participant in a video or audi o conference can invite another particip ant to the conference using the touch-tone DTMF numeric keypad on the participant’s endpoint. You can invite a participant using various communication device s, such as a mobile phone, an IP phon ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 574

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-36 Polycom, Inc. • If the destination number is not entered in a specific amount of time (defined in Timeout for user input in the IVR Services - Global tab), the participant is prompted to enter a destination number again. Depending on the Number of user input r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 575

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-37 The Conference IVR Services - General tab is di splayed. 3 In the Message File column of the Invite Participant entry, click the drop-down arrow and select the required voice message. The file Enter_Dest ination_Numbe r.wav that is shipped with the sy stem can be used for this message. To upl oad a new fi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 576

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-38 Polycom, Inc. 5 Define the following par ameters: 6 Click the DTMF Code s tab. The I VR Services - DTMF Codes tab is displayed . 7 Make sure that Invite Participant and Disconnect Invited Participant have DTMF Codes assigned to them. Default system values are *7 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 577

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-39 8 If required, determine who can invite other participants to the conference using DTMF codes by changing the permissions to either Chairperson or Everyone . 9 Click OK . Disabling the Invite Particip ant Option To disable the Invite P articipant opti on: 1 From the IVR Services - DTMF Codes tab, delete t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 578

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-40 Polycom, Inc. • In an mixed TIP environment, there is no support for content in cascaded conferences. Additionally, Legacy and Lync endpoints cannot vie w content. For more information, see Default IVR Prompt s and Messages The system is shipped with the fo ll ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 579

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-41 Chairperso n Exit “The chairperson has left the conference.” Note: The TERMINA TE_CONF_AFTER_CHAIR_ DROPPED flag must be enabled to play this message. The chairperson has lef t the conference. Chairperson_Exit.wav First to Join “Y ou are the first person to join the conference.” The first particip ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 580

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-42 Polycom, Inc. Self Mute “Y ou are now muted.” A participant mutes his or her audio Self_Mute. wav Self Unmute “Y ou are no longer muted.” A p articipant unmutes his or her audio Self_Unmute.wav Chairpe rson Help Menu “The available touch-ton e keypad a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 581

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-43 Secured Conferen ce “The conference is now secured.” A chairperson or particip ant secures a conference Conference_Secured.wav Unsecured Conferen ce “The conference is now in an unsecured mode” A chairperson or participant unsecures a conference Conference_Unsecured.wav Locked Conferen ce “Confe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 582

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-44 Polycom, Inc. V olume Control of IVR Mes sages, Roll Call and Music The volume of IVR music, and IVR messages and Roll Call is controll ed by the followin g system flags: • IVR_MUSIC_VOLUME • IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME • IVR_ROLL_CALL_VOLUME To control the volume ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 583

    Chapter 17-IVR Services Polycom, Inc. 17-45 IVR Services in TIP-Enabled Conferences Conference IVR and Entry Queue/Virtual Entr y IVR Services are su pported with AVC TI P protocol in conferences that include both TIP-enabled and no n-TIP-enabled endpoints. Service Provider IVR Services are also suppor te d with TIP. Wh en routing a call to t he IV ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 584

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 17-46 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 585

    Polycom, Inc. 18-1 18 The Call Det ail Record (CDR) Utility The Call Detail Record (CDR) utility enables you to vi ew summary informati on about conferences, and retrieve full conference inform ation and archive it to a fi le. The file can be used to produce reports or can be ex ported to external billing programs. The Collaboration Server can stor ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 586

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 18-2 Polycom, Inc. The following is a sample of an unforma tted CDR file: Figure 18-1 U nformatted CDR File • Formatted text – Formatted CDR files contain multiple sections. The first section in each file contains general conference data. The remaining sections co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 587

    Chapter 18-The Call Deta il Record (CDR) Util ity Polycom, Inc. 18-3 Multi-Part CDR Files By default, the maximum CDR (Call Data Reco rd) file size i s limited t o 1MB. When a CDR file reaches a size of 1MB the file is saved an d further call data recording is stopped and the additional data is lost. The Collaboration Server can be config ured to k ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 588

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 18-4 Polycom, Inc. V iewing, Retrieving and Arch iving Conference Information V iewing the Conference Records To open the CDR utility: •O n t h e Collabora tion Se rver Me nu , click Administration > CDR . The CDR List pane opens, displaying a list of the confere ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 589

    Chapter 18-The Call Deta il Record (CDR) Util ity Polycom, Inc. 18-5 Multi-p art CDR File displa y When the Multi -Part CDR is configured on the Collaboration Server, an additional column, Part Index , is added to the CDR list. The Part Index column displays the CDR file’s sequence in the CDR file set: • CDRs that are up to 1MB consist of a si ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 590

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 18-6 Polycom, Inc. Refreshing the CDR List To refresh the CDR list: •C l i c k t h e Refresh button, or right-click on any record and then select Refresh . Updated conference CDR records ar e retrieved from the MCU memory. Retrieving and Archiving Conference CDR Rec ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 591

    Polycom, Inc. 19-1 19 Gateway Calls The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) can be used as a gateway that provides connectivity across different physical networks and translates multiple protocols for point- to-point rich media communications. The Collaboration Server supports the widest rang e of video and audio algorithms. It allows sites wit ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 592

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-2 Polycom, Inc. ALWAYS_FORWARD_DTMF_IN_GW_SESSION_TO_ISDN System Flag to system. cfg and sett ing its value to YES . • Up to 80 gateway calls (same as conference s) may be run on a fully configured MCU. • Gateway Profiles are included in the Backup and Restore C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 593

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-3 Dialing from H.323 Endpoints Figure 19-1 Dialing S trin g and Call Flow from H.323 En dpoint to One, T wo or Three Endpoints The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or several endp oints (up to ten) in one dialing string. The dialing string includes the following components: [ MCU prefix in GK ] - the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 594

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-4 Polycom, Inc. Dialing from SIP Endpoints Figure 19-2 Dialing String and Call Flow from SIP Endpoint to One, T wo or Three Endpoints The calling endpoints can dial to one, two or several endpoints (up to ten) in one dialing string. The dialing string incl udes the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 595

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-5 Optional: [MCU prefix in SIP Proxy][GW Profile ID]*[Destination Number, first participant]*[Destination Number, second participant]**[destination number]......*[Destination Number, tenth participant]@domain name For example, if the GW Profi le ID is 2000, the domain name is service.polycom.com, and the de ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 596

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-6 Polycom, Inc. To enter an IP addr ess as the destina tion number, replace the periods (.) with as terisks (*) in the format n*n*n*n followed by the # key. For example, if the IP address is 172.22.18 8.22, enter 172*22*188*22#. Dialing from SIP Endpoints Optional. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 597

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-7 When the flag is set to NO (default), if the Gatekeeper is not functioning, the Collaboration Server dials to the endpoint using the e n dpoint’s IP address configured in the IP Address field of the New Participant / Participant Properties - Genera l dialog box. If no IP address is def ined in the Parti ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 598

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-8 Polycom, Inc. Enabling or Disabling Direct IP Dialing The direct IP dialing is enabled by default. To disable it, manually add the flags GK_MANDATORY_FOR_CALLS_OUT and GK _MANDATORY_FOR_CA LLS_IN to the System Configuration - MCMS_PARAMETERS dialog box and for eac ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 599

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-9 If the endpoint is busy, the system will not try to connect the endpoint using another protocol. If the call is not completed after trying all possible protocols, the system displays the number that was dialed on the calling endpoint ’s scr een and the reason for not completing the call. For details, se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 600

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-10 Polycom, Inc. Calling an IP Endpoint via Gateway If the call destination is an IP endpoint, th e e ndpoints must be registered to the same gatekeeper to which the Collaboration Server is registered. There should be a mapping between the dial-in numbers in the ran ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 601

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-11 For more details on Dialing Rules de finition in the CMA/DMA, see the Polycom CMA System Operations Guide, “Dial Rule Operations” or the Polycom DMA Syste m Operations Guide, “Dial Rule Operations” . Gateway Redial or Redialing Gateway Calls Additional Redial options and IVR messages have been in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 602

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-12 Polycom, Inc. • Redial on Wrong Number is activated if a Gateway Call fails, for all defined protocols, for any reason or combination of reasons li sted in Table 19-3. The user receiv es the Redial on Wrong Number IVR message: “ Incorrect destination. Please ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 603

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-13 Disconnect on No Answer In previous versions, if a call failed due to no answer at the d estination, the call was disconnected with no notification. When using this v ersion, if all retry attempts fail, the user receives the Disconnect on No Answer message in the form of Reorder Tone . The call is then d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 604

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-14 Polycom, Inc. Configuring the Gateway Component s on the Collaboration Server To enable gateway calls in the Collaboration Server, the following components have to be configured: • Conference IVR Service to be used with the Conference Profile assigned to the Ga ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 605

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-15 The General dialog box lists messages that are played during the conference. These messages are played when participants or the conference chairperson perform various operations or when a change occurs. 7 To assign the appropriate audio file to th e message type, click the appropriate table entry, in the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 606

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-16 Polycom, Inc. 13 Define the following par ameters: 14 Click the DTMF Code s tab. The New Conference IVR Service - DTMF Codes dialog box opens. 15 If required, modify the DTMF codes or permissions. Fo r more details see " New Conference IVR Service Properties ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 607

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-17 Defining the C onference Profile for Gateway Calls The Conference Profile that will be later a ssigned to the Gateway Profile determine the parameters of the gateway call , such as th e line rate and video resolution and if to automatically terminate the gateway session wh en one participant or no partic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 608

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-18 Polycom, Inc. Defining the Gateway Profile A Gateway Profile is a conferencing entity, ba sed on the Conference Profile assigned to it, that enables endpoints to dial-in and initiate Gateway Sessions . The system is shipped with a default Gateway Profil e, named ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 609

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-19 3 Define the following parameters: T a ble 19-6 New Gateway Profile Properties Option Description Display Name Enter a uni que-per-MCU name for the Gate way Profile in native language character sets to be displayed in the RP Collaboration Server Web Client. The system automatically generates an ASCII nam ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 610

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-20 Polycom, Inc. IP Network Service Select the IP Network Service to be us ed with this Gateway . If this is not selected the default IP Network Service will be used. Enable ISDN/PSTN Access Select this check box to allocate dial-in numbers for ISDN/PSTN connections ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 611

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-21 4 Click OK . The new G ateway Profile is added to the list. System Configuration For details about adding and modifying syst em flags, see RealPresence Collaboration Server 800s Administrator’s Guide , " Manually Adding and Deleting System Flags” on page 22 -19 . Displaying the Connection Inform ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 612

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-22 Polycom, Inc. Monitoring Ongoing Gateway Sessions Ongoing Gateway Sessions that are created when calling the Gateway Profile, are listed in the ongoing Conferences list pane. Gateway Sessions are monitored in the same way as the conferences. For more details on m ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 613

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-23 • Reject ed - the far endpoint h as rejected the call. In such a case, the system will try to connect using another communication protocol. • Unreached - the number could not be resolved by the gatekeeper or the SIP proxy or could not be found on the network. In such a case, the system will try to co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 614

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-24 Polycom, Inc. When dialing to specific IP endpoints you can simpli fy the dialing process by creating the appropriate Meeting Room. If CMA is involved, dialing can be simplified even further by configuring the appropriate dialing Rule in the CMA/DMA. To set up th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 615

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-25 • ISDN/PSTN access is enabled and a dial-in number is assigned to the Meeting Room. • The dial-out IP endpoi nt is added to the Meeting Room’s Participants list. Dialing to Polycom® DMA™ 7000 Two dialing methods are available to ISDN /PSTN participants calling the D MA: • Direct with auto mati ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 616

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-26 Polycom, Inc. In addition, PSTN participants can dial the Gateway IVR and can use the MCU or DM A prefix in the gatekeeper together with the co nfere nce ID/endpoint alias as the destination string to simplify the input. Th is is one of the methods for PSTN parti ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 617

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-27 As part of this solution, th e Collaboration Server acts as a gateway for the DMA that supports H.323 calls. The PSTN or ISDN endp oint dials the virtua l Meeting Room on the DMA via the Gateway Profile on the Collaboration Server. Both the Coll aboration Server and the DMA mu st be registered with the s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 618

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-28 Polycom, Inc. Figure 20 Call Flow from ISDN End p oint to Polycom DMA with Automatically Generated Forwarded Dial String Example: Figure 1 shows the call flow as suming the following parameters: First Dial-in Number 5705550 Last Dial-in Number 5705560 Use Dial-in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 619

    Chapter 19-Gateway Calls Polycom, Inc. 19-29 Table 19-7 summarizes the PSTN participant’s DTMF input depending on the flag value. Deploying a Polycom RMX™ Serial Gateway S4GW UC APL Public Key Infrastructure ( PKI ) requi res that the Serial Gateway S4GW be connected directly to the Collaboration Server and not to the H.323 network. The Serial ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 620

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 19-30 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 621

    Polycom, Inc. 20-1 20 RMX Manager Application The RMX Manager is the Windows version of the Collaboration Server Web Client. It can be used instead of the Collaboration Server Web Client for routine Collaboration Server management and for Collaboration Server manage ment via a modem connection.For more information on using the RMX Manager via a mod ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 622

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-2 Polycom, Inc. Accessing the RMX Manager Directly To access the RMX Manager directly: >> Start Internet Explorer and in your browser enter: http://<Co llaboratio n Server IP Add ress>/RMXManager .html . For example, if the Collaboration Server IP addre ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 623

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-3 The Login screen is displayed. There is a link to the RMX Manager Installer at the top of the right edge of the screen. 1 Click th e Install RMX Manager link. The installer verifies the applicati on’s requirements on the workstation. The Install dialog box is displayed. 2 Click Install . Link ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 624

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-4 Polycom, Inc. The installation proceeds. The installation completes , the application loads and the RMX Manager - MCUs screen is displayed. The first time you st art the RMX Manager application, the MCUs pane is empty. S t arting the RMX Manager Application Once ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 625

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-5 The MCUs screen is displayed, listing the MCUs currently def ined in the RMX Manager . This screen enables you to add additional MC Us or connect to any of the MCUs listed. For details on adding MCUs, see “Adding MCUs to the MCUs List” on page 13 . For each listed MCU, the system displays t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 626

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-6 Polycom, Inc. To connect the RMX Man ager to an MCU: 1 In the MCUs pane or screen, use one of the following methods: a Double-click the MCU icon. b Select the Collaboration Server to co nnect and click the Connect MCU button. c Right-click the MCU icon and then c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 627

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-7 If the Username and Password are missing from the MCU parameters, or if the Remember Me check box has been cleared, the Connect dialog box opens. 2 In the Username field, enter the user name with which you will login to the MCU. 3 In the Password field, enter the pass word as defined for the us ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 628

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-8 Polycom, Inc. RMX Manager Main Screen The RMX Manager Main Screen is displayed only when at least one MCU is connected. This screen is similar to the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client Main Screen with the addition of the MCUs pane. As in the Real ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 629

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-9 For each listed MCU, the system displays the following inform ation: •M C U Display Name - the name of the MCU and its icon acc ording to its type and connection status. The foll owing icons are available: • IP Address of the MCU’s control unit. • Status - The status of the MCU: — Con ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 630

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-10 Polycom, Inc. MCUs Toolbar The MCUs toolbar contains the following buttons: Conferences Pane The Conferences pane lists all the ongoing confe rences from all the MCUs that are connected and monitored along with their MCU , Status , Conference ID , Start Ti me an ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 631

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-11 The Collaboration Server Management pane is divided into two sections: • Frequently Used – parameters often configur e d monitored or modified. • Rarely Used – parameters confi gured during init ial system set-up and rarely modified afterward. List Pane The List pane displays details o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 632

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-12 Polycom, Inc. The Participant Alerts pane is opened and closed by clicking the Participant Alerts button in the left corner of the Status Bar . Port Usage Gauges The Port Usage gauges display for the sele cted MCU: • The total number of Video or Voice ports in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 633

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-13 Adding MCUs to the MCUs List The RMX Manager can connect to one o r several Collaboration Server s simul taneously. If the site’s configuration includes more than one MCU, or when a new MCU is added to your configuration, and you want to monitor an d control all MCUs from within the same win ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 634

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-14 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click OK . The MCU is added to the MCUs pane. 4 If required, repeat steps 1-3 to define additional Collaboration Server uni ts. The MCUs pane contains the list of all defined MCUs. S t arting a Conference There are several ways to start a confere ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 635

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-15 — A Meeting Room is a conference that is saved on the MCU. It remai ns in passive mode until it is activated by the first pa rticipant, or the meeting organizer dialing in. For more information about Meeting Rooms, see " Meeting Rooms” on page 6-1 . • Dialing in to an Ad Hoc Entry Q ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 636

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-16 Polycom, Inc. If you are the meeting chairperson or organize r using the RealPrese nce Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client to start your own meeting, you need to communicate the default conference ID (or the one you created) to the other conference participant ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 637

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-17 S t arting an Ongoing Conference or Reservation From a T emplate An ongoing conference or a Reservation can be started from any Conference Template saved in the Conference Templates list of the selected MCU. To start an ongoing conference or a reservation from a Template: 1 In the MCUs pane, s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 638

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-18 Polycom, Inc. By default, th e participants ar e grouped by conferences, and the name of the MCU is displayed in the first column of the properti es table, enabling sorting accord ing to MCU name. Grouping the Particip ants by MCU The Participants can be grouped ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 639

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-19 The Participants pane display change s accordingly. To toggle between the two display modes, click View > Group by MCU. S t art Monitoring/Stop Monitoring By default, all conferences run ning on connected Collaboratio n Serve r s are monitored. You can stop the automatic monitoring of c onf ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 640

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-20 Polycom, Inc. To start monitoring again, click the check box in the Monitor ed co l um n i n t h e MCUs pane, or right-clicking the MCU icon and selecti ng Start Monitoring . Modifying the MCU Properties You can view the currently defined MCU se ttings, and modi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 641

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-21 b Right-click the MCU ico n and then click Disconnect MCU . The MCU icon changes to disconnected and any ongoing conference running on that MCU will not be monitored in this RMX Manager ; they are removed from the Conferences pane. This MCU can still be monitored and controlled by other users. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 642

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-22 Polycom, Inc. The Multilingual Setting s dialog box opens, displaying the current language selection. 2 Click the check box of the re quired langua ge. Only one language can be selected. 3 Click OK . 4 Restart the RMX Manager application to implement the languag ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 643

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-23 2 Click th e Browse button to select the location of the sa ve file, or enter the required path in the Export P ath box. The selected fi le path is displayed i n the Export P ath box. 3 Click OK to export the RMX Manager configuration. To Import the RMX Manager Configuration: 1 In the Multi-RM ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 644

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-24 Polycom, Inc. Inst alling RMX Manager for Secure Communication Mode The RMX Manager cannot be downloaded from a site, operating in Secure Communication Mode , without a vali d TLS certificate. The following procedure descri bes how to obtain a TLS certificate an ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 645

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-25 The Security tab is displayed. d Clear the Secured Communication check box. 2 Click th e DNS tab. 3 Enter the Local Domain Name . Local Domain Name MCU Host Name The Local Domain Name must be the same as the MCU Host Name . If the content of these two fields are not identical an active alarm i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 646

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-26 Polycom, Inc. 4 Create a Certificat e Request . For more information, see " Purchasing and Instal ling a Certificate” on page F-3 . Certificates can also be cr eated and issued using an Internal Certificate Authority . For more inf ormatio n see " Us ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 647

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-27 The Management Network Properties dialog box is displayed. c Click on the Security tab. The Security tab is displayed. d Select the Secured Communic ation check box. e Click OK . ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 648

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-28 Polycom, Inc. 7 Reset the Collaboration Server: a In the RMX Management pane, click the Hardware Moni tor button . The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. b Click the Reset ( ) button. 8 Install the RMX Manager . For more information see "Installing the RMX ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 649

    Chapter 20-RMX Manager Applicati on Polycom, Inc. 20-29 The Certificate Export Wizard is displayed . 5 Click th e Next button. The Export File Format dialog box is displayed. 6 Select Base-6 4 encoded X.509 (.C ER) . 7 Click th e Next button. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 650

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 20-30 Polycom, Inc. The File to Export dialog box is displayed . 8 In the File Name field, enter the file name for the ex ported certificate. 9 Click the Next button. The final Certificate Export Wizard dialog box is disp layed. 10 Click the Finish button. The success ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 651

    Polycom, Inc. 21-1 21 Collaboration ServerAdministration and Utilities System and Particip ant Alert s The MCU alerts users to any faults or error s the MCU encountered during operation. Two indication bars labeled Sys tem Alerts and Particip ant Aler ts signal users of system errors by blinking red in the event of an alert. The System Alerts indic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 652

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-2 Polycom, Inc. System Alert s System Alerts are activated when the system encounters e rrors such as a general or card error. The system errors ar e recorded by the Collaboration Server and can be generated into a report that can be saved in *.txt format. To view ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 653

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-3 For more information about the Active Alarms, see Appendix B: " Active Alarms” on page B-1 . 2 Click one of the following two buttons to view its report in the System Alerts pane: 3 To save the Ac tive Alarms, Faults Full List or Faults report: — to a text file ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 654

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-4 Polycom, Inc. The Participant Alerts pane opens. 2 To resolve participant issues that creat ed the Participant Alerts , the administrator can either Connect , Disconnect or Delete a participant. RMX T ime To ensure accurate conference scheduling, th e MCU has an ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 655

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-5 2 View or modify the following fields: Resource Management Resource Cap acity The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 supports one card type: MPMx. T a ble 21-2 RMX Time – Fiel ds Properties Field Description GMT Date The date at Greenwich, UK. Local Tim e Th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 656

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-6 Polycom, Inc. The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 2000 can support three card types: MPM, MPM+ and MPMx . The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 4000 supports only: MPM+ and MPMx cards. Table 21-3 summarizes the resource capacities of fully config ur ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 657

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-7 Resource Cap acity Modes The installed media card type ( MPM , MPM+ or MPMx) determines the Card Configuration Mode , which in turn determines the resource allocation method that can be selected for the MCU. The resource allocation method determines how the system resou ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 658

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-8 Polycom, Inc. Only and video connection type in advanc e. This mode is available only in MPM+ and MPMx Card Configuration Modes . In Fixed Resource Capacity mode, the maximum number of resources is based on the system license and the hardware con figuration of th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 659

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-9 T a ble 21-7 A VC Video Resource Usage vs. Resolution (MPM, MPM+, MPMx) Resolution/fp s Video Resources Used (in CIF video Resources) MPM MPM+ MPMx CIF/30 11 1 (H.264)/ 1.5 (H.261/H.263) QCIF/30 SIF/30 WCIF/25 22 . 6 6 2 WSIF/30 432X336/30 SD/15 WSD/15 4CIF/15 2 2.66 3 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 660

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-10 Polycom, Inc. AVC Conferencing - Video Switching During a Video Switching conference, each endpoint uses one video (CIF) port. AVC Conferencing - Voice One Audio Only resource is used to connect a single voice participant when CIF resources have been converted t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 661

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-11 V ideo/V oice Port Configuration The Video/Voice Port Configuration enables you to conf igure the resources per r esource type and if in MPM+ or MPMx System Card Configuration Mode, select the Resource Capacity Mode. Flexible Resource Cap acity Mode All resources are i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 662

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-12 Polycom, Inc. Example: In a system that has 10 SD ports alloca ted and in use, If another SD endpoint (11th) attempts to connect, the sy stem first tries to allocate resources to the SD endpoint first from HD720 and then from HD1080 resources. If HD resources ar ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 663

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-13 Mode . The minimum number of voice ports that ca n be allocated is 10 ( 2 video ports x 5 voice ports per video port) in MPM and MPM+ Card configuration Modes and 12 (3 video ports x 4 voice ports per video port) in MPMx Card configuration Mode . 3 Click OK . Configuri ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 664

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-14 Polycom, Inc. 1 Optional (otherwise skip to step 2) : If the MCU is not in Fixed Capacity Mode. a In the MCU menu, click Setup > Video/Voice Port Config uration . The Video/Voice Port Configuration dialog box opens. b In the Resource Capacity Mode box, click ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 665

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-15 Full Capacity RMX per Resolution in CP,” on page 21-6 . The Max Res olution setting of the Resolution Configuration dialog box does not af fect resource allocation. Example: If it is set to SD30 , the HD 1080p slider is still disp layed and HD 1080 resources can be a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 666

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-16 Polycom, Inc. 5 Optional. Repeat this procedure from Step 2 to further optimize the resource allocation. Un-allocated resources cannot be used by any participants. If after recalculating the resources the syst em determines that there are insufficient resources ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 667

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-17 — VSX nnnn where nnnn represents the model number for example, VSX 8000. You can define several endpoint types, list ing them one after the other separated by semicolon (;). For example, CMA Desktop;V SX 8000. 5 Click OK . The new flag is added to the flags list. Res ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 668

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-18 Polycom, Inc. For each resource type, the Resource Re port includes th e following columns: Resource Report Display in Flexi ble Resource Capacity Mode™ The Resource Report details the current availability an d usage of the system resources for both AVC and SV ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 669

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-19 The Resource Report is displayed as follows: In Flexible Resource Capacity Mode, resource usage is displayed for Voic e and Video resources only, where the number of video resources is represente d in the equivalent of HD720p30 resources. The number represents a pool o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 670

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-20 Polycom, Inc. In Fixed Resource Capacity Mode, each resource type ( Audio, CIF, SD, HD 720p and HD 10 80p ) is displayed as a bar of the graph, indicating the perce ntage of occupied and free resources for each resource type. The data is also displayed as a Reso ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 671

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-21 When the Collaboration Server is reporting th e availab le capacity, it wi ll appropriately round up the remaining capacity to the nearest whole value of available ports. For example, one SVC endpoint in a conference is equal to 1/3 of the resource value. The resource ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 672

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-22 Polycom, Inc. The following diagram displays the RealPres ence Collaboration Server (RMX) Resource Report, displaying a resource graph that indica tes the numbe r of voice and video ports that are available or occupied in the MCU. ISDN/PSTN The RMX 1500 supports ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 673

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-23 MCU Resource Management by RealPr esence Resource Manager (XMA), Polycom CMA and Polycom DMA When the RealPresence Resource Manager (XMA), Polycom CMA and Polycom DMA are part of the solution, following a request by the RealPresence Reso urce Manager (XMA), Polycom CMA ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 674

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-24 Polycom, Inc. Setting the Port Usage Threshold To Set the Port Usage Threshold: 1 In the Setup menu, click Port Gauge to open the Port Gaug e dialog box. 2 Enter the value for the percentage capacity usage threshold . The value is applied to the Audio and video ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 675

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-25 When the flag is set to YES, the system will allow SIP audio endpoints to connect to the MCU until the Port Usage threshold is reached. Once this threshold is exceeded, the SIP audio endpoints will not be able to connect, ensuring that the remaining system resources ca ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 676

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-26 Polycom, Inc. •T h e High Port Usage threshold. The basic unit used for reporting resource usage in the Port Gauges is HD720p30. Results are rounded to the nearest int eger. Port Gauges in Flexible/ Fixed Cap acity Modes Audio Ports Gauge • In both Flexible ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 677

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-27 System Information System Information includes License Information , and general system information , such as system memory size and Media Card Configuration Mode . To view the System Info rmation properties box: >> On the Collaboration Server menu, click Admini ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 678

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-28 Polycom, Inc. T otal Number of Event Mode Resources Displays the number of video/voice participants licensed for a system in Event Mode Licensi ng. It also determines the conference type that is available on the system. 0 - indicates that this Licensing mode is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 679

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-29 Card Configuration Mode Indicates the MCU configuration as derived from the installed media cards: • MPM: Only MPM cards are sup ported. MPM+ and MPMx cards in the system are disabled. It is the mode used in previous RMX versions. From V ersion 7.1, MPM medi a cards ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 680

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-30 Polycom, Inc. SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) SNMP enables managing and moni toring of the MCU status by external managing systems, such as HP OpenView or through web applications. The Collaboration Server’s implement a tion of SNMPv3 is FIPS 140 com ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 681

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-31 Support for MI B-II Sections The following table detail s the MIB-II sections that are suppo rted: The Alarm-MIB MIB used to send alarms. When a trap is sent, the Alar m-MIB is used to send it. H.341-MIB (H. 341 – H.323) • Gives the address of the gatekeeper. • S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 682

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-32 Polycom, Inc. Unified MIB The Collaboration Server uses the Pol ycom Unified MIB, in addit ion to the RMX specific MIB. The Polycom Unified MIB is an MIB that is used by many Polycom products. The following table describes the information prov ided by the Collab ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 683

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-33 ServiceH323 Integer Indi cates the status of H.323 capabilities: 1 - The servi ce is enabled and operational. 2 - The service is enabled but is not operational. 3 - The servi ce is disabled. ServiceSIP Integer Indi cates the status of SIP capabilities: 1 - The servi ce ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 684

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-34 Polycom, Inc. Tr a p s Three types of traps are sent as follows: 1 ColdStart trap. This is a standard trap which is sent when the MCU is reset. Figure 1 An Example of a ColdS tart T rap 2 Authentication failure trap. Thi s is a standard trap which is sent when a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 685

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-35 3 Alarm Fault trap. The third trap type is a family of traps defined in the POLYCOM- RMX-MIB file, these traps are as sociated with the Collaborat ion Server active alarm and clearance (proprietary SNMP trap). Figure 3 An Example o f an Alarm Faul t T rap Each trap is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 686

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-36 Polycom, Inc. 5016 Process idle 5107 Failed to open Apache server configuration file 5108 Failed to save Apache server configuration file 51 10 A private version is loa ded 51 1 1 NTP synchronization failure 51 12 Invali d date and time 51 16 Incorrect Ethern et ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 687

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-37 Defining the SNMP Parameters in the Collaboration Server The SNMP option is enabled via the Collaboration Server Web Client application. The addresses of the Managers monitoring the MCU and other security information are defined in the Collaboration Server Web Client a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 688

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-38 Polycom, Inc. 5 Click OK . The path of the selected directory is displayed in the Retrieve MIB Files di alog box. 6 Click the Save button. The MIB files are saved to the selected directory. 7 Click Close to exit the Retrieve MIB Files dialog box. 8 In the Agent ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 689

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-39 10 Define the following parameter s: 11 Click th e Add button to add a new Manager terminal. T a ble 21-18 SNMPv3 - T raps Field Description SNMP T rap V ersion Specifies the version, either V ersion 1 2 or 3 of the traps being sent to the IP Host. Polycom software sup ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 690

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-40 Polycom, Inc. Depending on the SNMP Trap Version selected, one of the two following New Trap Destination dialog boxes opens. 12 Define the following par ameters: T rap Version 1 ,2 T rap Version 3 T a ble 21-19 SNMPv3 - T raps Field Description Ve r s i o n IP A ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 691

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-41 13 Type the IP Address and the Community name of the manager terminal used to monitor the MCU activity, and then click OK . The Community name is a string of characters that wi ll be added to the message that is sent to the external Manager t erminals. This string is u ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 692

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-42 Polycom, Inc. The Collaboration Server-SNMP Properties – Security dialog box opens. This dialog box is used to define whether the query sent to the MCU is sent from an authorized source. When the “Accept SNMP packets from all Hosts” is disabled, a valid qu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 693

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-43 15 Define the following parameter s: 16 To specif ically defi ne one or m ore valid t erminals, ensure tha t the Accept SNMP Packets from any Host option is cleared and then cli ck the Add button. T ab le 21-20 SNMP - Security Field Descrip tion Send Authentication Tr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 694

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-44 Polycom, Inc. The Accepted Host IP Address dialog box opens. 17 Enter the IP Address of the Manager terminal from which valid queries may be sent to the MCU, and then click OK . Click the Add button to define addi tional IP Addresses . The IP Address or Addresse ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 695

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-45 • Recording Link • Profiles • IP Network Settings: — H.323 settings — SIP settings — DNS settings — Fix Ports ( TCP, UDP) set tings — QoS settings Guidelines • Both Master and Slave MCUs must have the same so ftware version installed. • The Users li ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 696

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-46 Polycom, Inc. Enabling Hot Backup To enable Hot Backup: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click Setup > Hot Backup . The Collaboration Server Hot Backup dialog box is displayed. 2 Complete or modify the following fields : 3 Click OK . T a ble 21-21 Hot Back ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 697

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-47 Using Hot Backup T riggers Hot Backup is initiated by the slave MCU on detection of no response from the master MCU on a “Keep Alive” operation. The Hot Backup triggers i nitiates the Hot Backup swap from Master to Slave when the selected condition s on the Master ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 698

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-48 Polycom, Inc. A dialog box opens with a list of event triggers d isplayed . 2 Select the appropriate Hot Backup Triggers check boxes: 3 Alternatively, click the Trig ger Failover Manually button when you want to trigger the Hot Backup manually and activate the S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 699

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-49 5 Click OK . Modifications to the Maste r MCU Requiring System Reset Modifications to the configuration of the Master MCU that require a System Reset cannot be performed while Hot Backup is enabl ed. To modify the Master MC U configuration: 1 Disable the Hot Backup on ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 700

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-50 Polycom, Inc. Stop Repeating Message The Collaboration Server User can s top playing the audible alarm at any time. If more than one audible alarm has been activated, all activated alarms are immediately stopped. If after stopping the Audible Alarms a ne w Opera ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 701

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-51 2 Define the following parameter s: 3 Click OK . Replacing the Audible Alarm File Each Collaboration Server is shipped with a de fault tone file in *.wav format that plays a specific tone when participant s request Operator Assistance. This file can be replaced by a *. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 702

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-52 Polycom, Inc. The Open dialog box opens. 3 Select the appropriate *.wav file and then click the Open button. The selected fi le name is displayed in the Install Audible Alarm File di alog box. 4 Optional . You can play the selected file or th e currently used fi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 703

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-53 Multilingual Setting Each supported languag e is represented by a country flag in the Welcome Screen and can be selected as the language for the Collaboration Server Web Client. Customizing the Multilingual Setting The languages available for selection in the Login scr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 704

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-54 Polycom, Inc. Banner Display and Customization The Login Screen and Main Screen of the Collaboration Server Web Client and the Collaboration Server Manager can display informative or warning text banners. These banners can include general information or they can ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 705

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-55 • Any attempt to modify a non-modifiable banne r results in it automatically being copied to the Custom banner. Non-Modifiable Banner T ext Sample 1 Banner You are accessing a U.S. Go vernment (USG) Information System (IS) th at is provided for USG-authorized use onl ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 706

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-56 Polycom, Inc. includes active attacks by a uthorized personnel and their entities to test or verify the security of the syst em. During monitoring, information may be examined, recorded, copied and used for authorized purposes. All i nformation including persona ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 707

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-57 2 Customize the banners by modi fying the following fields: 3 Click th e OK button. T a ble 21-25 Banner Configuration Field Description Check Box T ext Field Restore Default Button Login Page Banner Select or clear the check box to enable or disable the displa y of th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 708

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-58 Polycom, Inc. Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can display any te xt, fo r example the terms and conditions for system usage. The default text is t hat required in Ultra Secure Mode . The user must acknowledge that the information was r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 709

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-59 Main Screen Banner The Main Screen banner is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as follows: When the Collaboration Server is configured to work in Ultra Secure Mode , such as the Maximum Security environment, the display banner includes the following defaul t text: ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 710

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-60 Polycom, Inc. — Network and service configu rations, — Rooms, — Profiles — Reservations — System Flags — Resource Allocation — IVR messages, music — Collaboration Server Web Client user setting - fonts, windo ws — Collaboration Server Web Clien ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 711

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-61 To download MCU software fil es: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click Administration > Software Management > Software Download . 2 Browse to the Install Path and then click Install . Ping Collaboration Server The Ping administration tool enables the Collabor ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 712

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-62 Polycom, Inc. — OK, or — FAILED Notification Settings The Collaboration Server can display notif ications when: • A new Collaboration Server user con nects to the MCU. • A new conference is started. • Not all defined participants are connected to the c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 713

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-63 2 Enable / Disable All Notifications or Custom to sel ect specific notifications to display . 3 Click OK . Logger Diagnostic Files The Logger utility is a troubleshooting tool that continua lly records MCU system messages and sav es them to f ile s in the MCU har d dr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 714

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-64 Polycom, Inc. To access the Logger Diagnostic File s: >> On the Colla boratio n Serve r menu, click Administration > Tools > Logger Diagnost ic Files . The following tasks can be performed: When retrieved, the log file name structu re is as follows: ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 715

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-65 •S Z = S i z e • SU = Startup (Y/N) during the log file duration Example: Log_SN0000000002_FMD06 032007_FMT083933_LM D0603200 7_LMT084356_SZ184951_SUY .log. Retrieving the Logg er Files: 1 Select the log files to retrieve. Mu ltiple se lections of files are enabled ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 716

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-66 Polycom, Inc. Information Collector St andard Security Mode The Information Collector comprehensively attains all information from all the MCU internal entities for data analysis. That data, st ored in a central repository, is logged from the following system co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 717

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-67 Using the Inform ation Collector When the Information Collector is used the following st eps are performed: • Step 1: Creating the Information Collector fi le. • Step 2 : Saving the Information Collector file. • Step 3: Viewin g the information in the Information ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 718

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-68 Polycom, Inc. St ep 2: Saving th e Compressed File 1 The compressed file is automatically save d in the director y selected in th e Information Collector dialog box. The file is named info.t gz . A success information box is display ed. 2 Click the OK button. St ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 719

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-69 A new current auditor event file is created when: • the system is started • the size of the current auditor event file exceeds 2 MB • the current auditor event file ’s age exceeds 24 hours Up to 1000 auditor event files are stored per Collaboration Server . The ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 720

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-70 Polycom, Inc. • False – file was created when previous audi t event file reached a size of 2 MB or was more than 24 hours old — File Retrieved : • True - file was previously retrieved. • False - file was ne ver previously retrieved. The order of the Au ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 721

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-71 The following fields are displayed for each event: T a ble 21-29 Auditor Event Columns Field Description Event ID The sequence number of t he event ge nerated by the Collaboration Server . Date & Time The date and time of th e event taken from the Collaboration Ser ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 722

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-72 Polycom, Inc. The order of the Audito r File Viewer field header columns can be changed and the fields can be sorted and filtered to faci litate different analysis methods. 2 In the event list, click the events or use the keyboard’s Up-arrow and Down-arrow key ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 723

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-73 Audit Event s Alert s and Faults Table 1 lists Alerts and Faults that are recorded by the Auditor . T ab le 21-30 Alerts and Faults Event Attempt to exceed the maximum number of management session per user Attempt to exceed the maximum number of management sessions per ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 724

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-74 Polycom, Inc. T ransactions Table 2 lists Transactions that are recorded by the Audit or . Restoring Factory Defaults. Secured SIP communication failed. Session disconnected without logout SSH is enabled. System Configuration modified. System is starting. System ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 725

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-75 ActiveX Byp ass At sites that , for security reasons, d o not perm it Microsoft® ActiveX® to be inst alled, the MSI (Windows Installer Fi le) utility can be used to install .NET Framework and .NET Security Settings components on wo rkstations throughout the network. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 726

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-76 Polycom, Inc. The MSI utility requires the IP addr esses of all the Coll aboration Server systems (both control unit and Shelf Manageme nt IP addresses) that each workstation is to connect to. If the IP address of the any of the target Collaboration Se rvers is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 727

    Chapter 21-Collaboration Serv erAdministration and Utilities Polycom, Inc. 21-77 Resetting the Collaboration Server (RMX) System Reset saves system confi guration changes and restarts the system with the latest settings. To reset the RMX: 1 In the RMX Management pane, click the Har dware Monitor button . The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. 2 Cl ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 728

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide 21-78 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 729

    Polycom, Inc. 22-1 22 System Configuration Flags The system’s overall behavior can be configured by modifyin g the default values o f the System Flags. Modifying System Flags To modify system flags: 1 On the Collaboration Server menu, click Setup > System Conf iguration . The System Flags dialog box opens. For flag changes (including deletion) ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 730

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-2 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the MCMS_P ARAMETERS tab, the following flags can be modified: T a ble 22-1 System Flags – MCMS_ P ARAMET ERS Flag Description ALLOW_NON_ENCR YPT_P ARTY_IN_ENCR YPT_CONF If YES, allows non-encrypted participants to connect to encrypted confer ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 731

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-3 CONTENT_SLA VE_LINKS_I NTRA_SUPP RESSION_IN_S ECONDS Defines the interval, in seconds, during which the Collaboration Server i s allowed to forwa rd an In tra Request received from any of the Slave Cascadi ng Links. The Slave Cascading Link can be connected to the local Collaboration Server, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 732

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-4 Polycom, Inc. ENABLE_ACCEPTING_ICM P_REDIRECT When set to YES, allows the RMX to accept ICMP Redirect Messages (ICMP message type #5). For more information see " Internet Control Mess age Protocol (ICMP)” on page 23-51 Possible values: YES / NO Default: ? ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 733

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-5 ENFORCE_SAFE_UPGRAD E When set to YES this flag enables the Col laboration Server system to notify users when an incorrect version upgrade/ downgrade or upgrade/downg rade path is selected. When set to NO, after initiating an upgrade or downgra de software installation, the Collaborati on Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 734

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-6 Polycom, Inc. GK_MANDA TOR Y_FOR_CA LLS_IN If set to YES , a gatekeeper is required to recei ve incoming H.323 calls. If a gatekeeper is not configure in the Collaboration Server, the calls will fail. If set to NO (default), gatekee per is not required to process ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 735

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-7 ISDN_IDLE_CODE_E1 The Idle code (silent), tran smitted on the ISDN E1 B channels, when there is no transmission on the channels. Default: 0x54 ISDN_IDLE_CODE_T1 The Idle code (silent), transmitted on the ISDN T1 B channels, when there is no transmission on the channels. Default: 0x13 ISDN_LE ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 736

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-8 Polycom, Inc. ITP_CROPPING If the conference is set to T elePresence mode, cropping of the image is done according to this flag value: • ITP (default) - Cropping is done as follows: • Left/right sides: no cropping • T op/Bottom: the calculated area to be st ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 737

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-9 IVR_MESSAGE_VOLUME The volume of IVR messages varies according to the value of this flag. Possible value range: 0-10 (Default: 6). 0 – disables playing the IVR messages 1 – lowest volume 10 – highest volume Notes: • It is not recommended to disa ble IVR messages by setting the flag v ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 738

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-10 Polycom, Inc. LAST_LOGIN_A TTEMPTS If YES, the system displays a reco rd of the last Login of the user . Default: NO. For more details, see " User Login Record” on page 23-25 . LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DE F AUL T_LA YOUT Defines the video layout to be displayed ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 739

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-11 MAX_INTRA_SUPPRESSIO N_DURA TION_IN_SECOND S_ Enter the duration in seconds to ignore the participant’s requests to refresh the Content display . Default setting: 10 MAX_NUMBER_OF_MANAG EMENT_SESSIONS_PER_S YSTEM Defines the maximum number of concurrent management sessions (http and https ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 740

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-12 Polycom, Inc. MIN_TIP_COMP A TIBILITY_L INE_RA TE This flag determines the minimum line rate at which conferencing entities such as an Entry Queue or Meeting Room can be TIP-enabled and TIP-enabled endpoints can connect to them. CTS version 7 requires a minimum ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 741

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-13 NUMERIC_CHAIR_P ASS_D EF AUL T_LEN This flag enables or disables the automatic genera tion of chairperson passwords and determines the number of digits in the chairperson passwords assigned by the MCU. Possible values are: • 0 disables the automatic password generation in both S tandard S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 742

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-14 Polycom, Inc. NUMERIC_CONF_P ASS_DE F AUL T_LEN This flag enables or disables the automatic g eneration of conference passwords and determine s the numb er of digits in the conference passwords assigned by the MCU. Possible values are: • 0 disables the automat ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 743

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-15 P ASSWORD_EXPIRA TION_ DA YS_MACHINE Enables the administrator to cha nge the password expiration period of Application-user ’ s indepen dently of regular users. Default: 365 (days). P ASSWORD_EXPIRA TION _WARN ING_D A YS Determines the display of a warn ing to the user of the numbe r of ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 744

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-16 Polycom, Inc. SESSION_TIMEOUT_IN_MI NUTES If there is no input from the u ser or if the connection is idle for longer than the number of minutes specified by this flag, the connection to the Collaboration Server is terminated. V alue: 0-999 0 - Session T imeout ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 745

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-17 SYSTEM_BROADCAST_VO LUME This value is used when the system flag FORCE_SYSTEM_BROADCAST_VOLUME is set to YES. Determines the default audio leve l with which the participants connects and sends audio to the conference. The volume scale is from 1 to 10, where 1 is the weakest and 10 is the st ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 746

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-18 Polycom, Inc. 3 To modify a flag value, double-click or select the flag and click the Edit Flag button. 4 In the New Value field, enter the flag’s new value. 5 Click OK to close the Update Flag dialog box. 6 Repeat steps 2–4 to mo dify additional flags. 7 Cl ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 747

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-19 Manually Adding and Deleting Sy stem Flags To add a flag: 1 In the System Flags dialog box, cli ck the New Flag ( ) button. The New Flag dialog box is display ed. 2 In the New Flag field enter the flag name. 3 In the Value field enter the flag value. The following flags can be manually adde ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 748

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-20 Polycom, Inc. 802_FIPS_MODE If the flag value is YES, the availability of the MD5 Authentication Protocol will neither be displayed as selectable option nor suppo rted. For more information, see " IEEE 802.1x Authentication” on pag e 23-42 . Range: YES/NO ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 749

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-21 A VOID_VIDEO_LOOP_BAC K_IN_CASCADE When set to YES the current speaker ’s image is not sent back through the participant link in cascaded conferences with conference layouts other than 1x1. Default: YES Range: YES / NO BLOCK_CONTENT_LEGAC Y_FOR_L YNC This flag is used to control the syste ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 750

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-22 Polycom, Inc. BONDING_NUM_CHANNEL S_IN_GROUP (ISDN) The number of channels in the bonding group to be connected before dialing the next sequentia l channel. Default: 50 BURN_BIOS Although not recommen ded , setting this fl ag’s value to NO will prevent BIOS up ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 751

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-23 CP_REGARD_TO_INCOMIN G_SETUP_RA TE For use in the Avaya Environment. If set to YES, the Co llaboration Server calc ulates the line rate for incoming calls in CP conferences, according to the line rate which is declared by the endpoint in the H.225 setup message. If set to NO, the rate is ca ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 752

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-24 Polycom, Inc. DELA Y_BETWEEN_H32 0_D IAL_OUT_P ARTY (ISDN) The delay in milliseconds that the MCU waits when connecting dial out ISDN and PSTN participants. Default: 1000 DISABLE_CELLS_NETWOR K_IND Disable the display of Network Quality Indicators displayed in t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 753

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-25 ENABLE_CISCO _GK When set to YES, it enables the use of an identical prefix for different Collaboration Servers when registering with a Cisco MCM Gatekeeper . Default: NO. ENABLE_CLOSED_CAPTIO N Enables or disables the Closed Captions optio n that allow endpoints to end points to provide re ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 754

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-26 Polycom, Inc. ENABLE_NO_VIDEO_RESO URCES_AUDIO_ONL Y_MES SAGE Enables playing a voice message that Informs the participant of the lack of Video Resources i n the Collaboration Server and that he/she is being connected as Audio Only . Default: YES ENABLE_SELECTIV ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 755

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-27 EXTERNAL_CONTENT_ DIRECT OR Y The Web Server folder name. C hange this name if you have changed the default name s used by the CMA/XMA application. Default: /PlcmWebServices EXTERNAL_CONTENT_IP V ersion 4.x and earlier - enter the IP address of the CMA server . Ve r s i o n 5 . 0 - enter th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 756

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-28 Polycom, Inc. FORCE_1X1_LA YOU T_ON_ CASCADED_LINK_CONNE CTION When set to YES , the cascaded link is automatically set to Full Screen (1x1) in CP conferences forcing the speaker in one cascaded confere nce to display in ful l window in the video layout of the o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 757

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-29 FORCE_ST A TIC_MB_ENCO DING This flag supports T andberg MXP mode of sending and receiving video by IP endpoint in HD 720p resolution and Video Quality set to Motion. Th is mode is not supported for ISDN end points. Default value: T andberg MXP . T o disable thi s flag, ent e r NONE . G728_ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 758

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-30 Polycom, Inc. H264_BASE_PROFILE_MIN _RA TE_SD 30_SHARPNESS Not supported from V ersion 7.0.2. Prior to V ersion 7.0.2, this flag set the minimum bi trate threshold for endpoints that did not support H.264 High Profile for SD30 reso lution using Sharpness V ideo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 759

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-31 HIDE_CONFERENCE_P ASS WORD If set to YES (default in Ultra Sec ure Mode): • Conference and Chairperson Passwords that are displaye d in the Collaboration Serve r Web Client or RMX Manager are hidden when viewi ng the properties of the conference. • Automatic generation of passwords (bot ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 760

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-32 Polycom, Inc. MAX_RTV_RESOLUTION Enables you to override the Collaboration Server resolution selection and limit it to a lower reso lution, hence minimizing the resource usage to 1 or 1.5 video resources per call instead of 3 resources. Po ssible flag values are ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 761

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-33 MIX_LINK_ENVIRONMENT In H.239-enabled MIH Cascading, when MGC is on level 1, setting this flag to YES will adjust the line rate of HD Video Switching conferences run on the RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 150 0/2000/4000 from 1920Kbps to 17897, 100bits/sec to match the actual rate o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 762

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-34 Polycom, Inc. NUMBER_OF_REDIAL Enter the number re dialing attempts required. Dialing may continue until the conf erence is terminated. Default: 3 OCSP_RESPONDER_TIME OUT The number of seconds the RMX is to wait for an OCSP response from the OCSP Responder be fo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 763

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-35 PRESERVE_P ARTY_CELL_ ON_FORCE_LA YOUT Used to prevent reassignment of cells in a forced l ayout that were assigned to endpoints that have disconnected, paused their video, or have been removed from the co nference. The cell will remain black until the endpoint reconnects or a new layout is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 764

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-36 Polycom, Inc. REMOVE_H323_EPC_CAP_ TO_NON_POL YCOM_VEND OR Used to disable EPC protocol. Use of Polycom’ s proprietary protocol, High Profi le , EPC , may result in interoperabili ty issues when used with other vendors’ endpoints. Possible values: YES / NO D ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 765

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-37 RTCP_FLOW_CONTROL_T MMBR_INTERV AL Modifies the interval (in se conds) of the TMMBR (T emporary Maximum Media S tream Bit Ra te) parameter for SIP RTCP flow control. Range: 5 - 999 (seco nds) Default: 180 RTCP_PLI_ENABLE When set to YES, the (Picture Loss Indication ( PLI ) is sent as INFO ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 766

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-38 Polycom, Inc. SEND_W IDE_RES_T O_IP When set to YES (default), the Collaboration Server sends wide screen resolution to IP endpoints. Endpoint types that do not support wide screen reso lutions are automatically identified by the Collabora tion Server according ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 767

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-39 SET_AUTO_BRIGHTNESS Auto Brightness detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout. Auto Brightness only increases brightness and does not darken video windows. Note: This flag sets the initial va lue for A ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 768

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-40 Polycom, Inc. SIP_F AST_UPDA T E_INTER V AL_ENV Default setting is 0 to prevent the Collabo ration Serv er from automatically sending an Intra request to al l SIP endpoints. Enter n (w here n is any number of seconds other than 0) to let the Collaboration Server ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 769

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-41 SITE_NAMES_AL WA YS_ON (MPM+ Only) In MPM + Mode this flag is used to enable or disable the permanent display of Site Name in the video layout. Set the value of this flag to YES to enable the permanent display of Site Names. Default: NO. In MPMx Mode this function i s controlled using the P ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 770

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-42 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click OK to close the New Flag dialog box. The new flag is added to the flags list. 5 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. VSW_HD1080p_HP_THRES HOLD_BITRA TE Controls the Minimum Threshold Lin e Rate (kbps) for HD1080p resolution for Hi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 771

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-43 Manually Adding Flags to th e CS_MODULE_P ARAMETERS T ab Using the procedure to manually add flags to the System Conf iguration, the following flag s can be manually added to the CS_MODULE_PARAMETERS tab: T ab le 22-3 Manually Added Flags - CS_MODULE_P ARAMETERS T ab Flag Descriptio n CS_EN ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 772

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-44 Polycom, Inc. Deleting a Flag To delete a flag: 1 In the System Flags dialog box, select the flag to delete and click the Delete Flag button. 2 In the confirmation message box, click Yes to confirm. 3 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. Auto Layout Co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 773

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-45 T able 22-4 Flags: PREDEFINED_A UT O_LA YOUT_0,...,10 Flag Name: PREDE FINED_AUTO_LA YOUT_ n (n = Number of Particip ants) n Default V alue Possible V alues 0 CP_LA YOUT_1X 1 CP_LA YOUT_1X1 1 CP_LA YOUT_ 1X1 CP_LA YOUT_1X2 2 CP_LA YOUT_ 1X1 CP_LA YOUT_1X2HOR 3 CP_LA YOUT_1x 2VER CP_LA YOUT_ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 774

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-46 Polycom, Inc. CP_LA YOUT_1P4VER CP_LA YOUT_1P5 CP_LA YOUT_1P7 CP_LA YOUT_1P8UP CP_LA YOUT_1P8CENT CP_LA YOUT_1P8HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_3X3 CP_LA YOUT_2P8 CP_LA YOUT_1P12 CP_LA YOUT_4X4 T able 22 -4 Flags: PREDEFINED_AUTO_LA YOUT_0,...,10 (Continu ed) Flag Name: PREDE ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 775

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-47 Example: Table 22-5 illustrates the effect of modif ying the PREDEFINED_AUTO_LAYOUT_5 flag in conferences with fewer or more participants than the number of windows selected in the default layout. LEGACY_EP_CONTENT_DEF AUL T_LA YOUT Flag V alues Table 22-6 lists the value for each video lay ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 776

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-48 Polycom, Inc. CP_LA YOUT_1X2 CP_LA YOUT_1X2HOR CP_LA YOUT_1X 2VER CP_LA YOUT_2X1 CP_LA YOUT_1P2HOR CP_LA YOUT_1P2HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_1P2VER CP_LA YOUT_2X2 CP_LA YOUT_1P3HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_1P3VER CP_LA YOUT_1P4HOR_UP CP_LA YOUT_1P4HOR CP_LA YOUT_1P4VER CP_LA YOUT_1P ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 777

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-49 CS_ENABLE_EPC Flag Endpoints that support People+ may require a different si gnaling (for exampl e, FX endpoints). For these endpoint s, manually add the flag CS_ENABLE_EPC with the value YES (default value is NO) to the CS _MODULE_PARAMETERS tab. Automatic Password Generation Flags The Col ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 778

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-50 Polycom, Inc. be activated using the existing passwords. Only new conferencing entities wi ll be affected by the change. Enabling the Automatic Generation of Passwords To enable the automatic genera tion of passwords, the followin g flags have to be defi ned: Do ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 779

    Chapter 22-System Configur ation Flags Polycom, Inc. 22-51 If the default password length defined by the NUMERIC_ CONF_PASS_DEFAULT_LEN or NUMERIC_CHAIR_PASS _ DEFAULT LEN does no t fall within t he range defined by the minimum and maximum length an appropriat e fault is added to the Faults list. NUMERIC_CONF_P ASS_DEF AUL T_L EN This flag enables ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 780

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide 22-52 Polycom, Inc. Flags Specific to Maximum Security Environment s - Ultra Secure Mode T he Collaboration Server can operate in one of two modes: Standard Security Mode or Ultra Secure Mode . In Ultra Secure Mode the enhanced security features of the version are rig ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 781

    Polycom, Inc. 23-1 23 Ultra Secure Mode Ultra Secure Mode is the operating mode of the RealPresence Collaboration Server when deployed in a Maximum Security Environment . When the MCU is set to Ultra Secure Mode , all enhanced security features are activated and rigorously enforced. Enabling Ultra Secure Mode Ultra Secure Mode is disabled by de fau ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 782

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-2 Polycom, Inc. — When downgrading t o a version that util izes the JITC_MODE System Flag , the administrator will need to se t the JITC_MODE flag to that of the ULTRA_SECURE_M ODE flag before the downgrade. To modify the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System flag value: Ultra ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 783

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-3 4 Click OK to close the Update Flag dialog box. 5 Click OK to close the System Flags dialog box. System Flags affected by Ultra Secure Mode When the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE flag is set to YES the default and range values of the following flags are affected. For flag changes (including deletion) to take ef ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 784

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Ad min istrator ’s Guide 23-4 Polycom, Inc. Strong Passwords FORCE_STRONG_P ASSWORD_POLICY YES YES YES/NO NO HIDE_CONFERENCE_P ASSWORD YES/NO NO YES/NO NO HIDE_CONFERENCE_P ASSWORD YES/NO NO YES/NO NO MAX_CONF_P ASSWORD_REPEA TED_DIGIT S 1-4 2 0-4 0 MAX_P ASSWORD_REPEA TED_CHAR 1-4 2 0-4 2 M ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 785

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-5 Certificate Management (PKI) Public Key Infrastructure PKI ( Public Key Infrastructure ) is a set of tools and policies deployed to enhance the security of data communications betw een networking entities. The implementation of PKI on the Collaboration Server has been enhanced to e nsure that all ne ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 786

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-6 Polycom, Inc. The following diagram illustrat es the certificate exchange during th e TLS connection procedure. Adding Certificates to th e Certificate Repository To access the Certification Repository: >> In the RMX Web Client , cli ck Setup > RMX Secure ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 787

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-7 T rusted Certificates By clicking the column headers the Trusted Certificates can be sorted by: • Issued To • Issued By • Expiration Date • Status To add a certificate to the repository: Repeat steps 1 - 4 for each certificate that is to be added to the Certification Repository . 1 In the Tr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 788

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-8 Polycom, Inc. Option. Paste Certific ate and Send Certificate After you have received the certificate from the Certificate Authority: a Copy ( Ctrl + C ) the certificate information from the Certificate Authority’s e-mail to the clipboard. b Click Paste Certific ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 789

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-9 When the Activate Certificate button is clicked, all added Trusted Certificates and CRL s are installe d and the Collaboration S erver displays a n RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Web Client/RMX Manager disconnection confir mation dialog box. 4 Click OK . 5 Login to the Collaboration Server ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 790

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-10 Polycom, Inc. The Add dialog box is displayed with the configured parameters of the selected Network Service filled in. 3 Select the Certificate Method . (Defaul t is CSR ) — Only CSR can be selected for the Default Management Network Service . — CSR or PFX / ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 791

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-11 For backward compati bility, with previous versions, either SHA-1 or SHA -256 can be selected as the hash algorithm used in th e creation of CSRs (Certificate Signing Requests). 5 C lick Send Certificate . For all certificates, both Management and SIP TLS : • Once the certificate is sent a messag ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 792

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-12 Polycom, Inc. The check box is checked by default to Skip cer tificate validation for user logging session and no validation of expiration, CA signature or CRL/O CSP checking is performed. Clearing the check box enables full valida tion requires that there be at ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 793

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-13 CRL (Certificate Revocation List) A CRL contains a summary of the installed Certificate Revocation Lists . By clicking the column headers the Certificate Revocati on List can be sorted by: • Issued To • Issued By • Expiration Date • Status If the CRL List is not valid for any reason an Acti ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 794

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-14 Polycom, Inc. 5 The Open file dialog box is displaye d. The files are filtered according to the file type selected in Step b . 6 Enter the Certificate file name in the File nam e field or click to select the certificate file entry in the list. 7 Click the Open bu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 795

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-15 The certificate is removed and the Collaboration Server displays an RP Collaboration Server Web Client/Manager disconnection confirmation dialog box. 3 Click th e OK button. Login to the Collaboration Server to procee d with further management tasks. Certificate Revocation Certificate Revocation of ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 796

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-16 Polycom, Inc. • If the check box is unchecked the Global Responder URL is used. If the Global Responder URL is incorrectly configured a message, Global responder URL must be configured , is displayed . — Allow Incomplete Revocation Checks If OCSP is selected: ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 797

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-17 Self-signed Certificates are indicated in the Certification Repository - Issued By field . SIP TCP Keep-Alive In compliance with UC APL requirements, the NAT Keep Alive method has been enhanced according to IETF RFC 5626 and RFC 6223. For a full description of Keep Alive see IETF RFC 5626 and IETF ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 798

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-18 Polycom, Inc. For more information see " IP Ne twork Service Definition” on page 16-63 . Ta b l e 2 3 -3 System Flags - SIP_TCP_KEEP ALIVE_TYPE / BEHA VIOR Flag Possible Flag V alues SIP_TCP_KEEP ALIVE_TYPE NONE • No Keep Alive messages are sent. MS (Def ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 799

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-19 Keep Alive Frequency The Keep Alive frequency is set by the SI P Server using the Via Header keep and Flow Timer fields of the SIP Header . If the RMX is functioning as the server, the Keep Alive frequency is set according to the hard coded values listed in Table 2-2. User and Connection Management ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 800

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-20 Polycom, Inc. Managing system users includes: • User types that are not supported when the Ultra Secure Mode (ULTRA_SECURE_MODE=YES) is enabled. • Disabling and enabling system Users. • Renaming Users. • Disabling inactive users. Managing the user login p ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 801

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-21 Disabling Inactive Users Users can be automatically di sabled by the system when they do not log into the Collaboration Server application for a predefin ed period. When the Co llaboration Server is configured to Ultra Secure Mode ( the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE System Flag is set to YES) , this option is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 802

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-22 Polycom, Inc. • Special characters: @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ - = + | } { : " ] [ ; / ? > < , . (space) ~ • When the FORCE_STRONG_PASSWORD_POLICY and ULTRA_SECURE_M ODE System Flags are set to YES : — A Strong P assword must contain at least two ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 803

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-23 Defining Password Aging The duration of password vali dity is determine d by the value of t he PASSWORD_EXPIRATION_DAYS System Flag . • Passwords can be set to be valid fo r durations of between 0 and 90 days. •I f t h e System Flag is set to 0 , user pass words do not expire. The System Flag c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 804

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-24 Polycom, Inc. Forcing Password Change When the system is in Ultra Secure Mode the user is forced to change his/her password as follows: • After modifying the value of the ULTRA_SECURE_MODE Syste m Flag to YES , all Collaboration Server users are for ced to chan ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 805

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-25 User Login Record The system can display a record of the last Login of the user. It is d isplayed in the Main Screen of the Collaboration Server Web Client or Collaboration Server Manager . The user Login Record display is enable d when the LAST_LOGIN_ATTEMPTS System Flag is s et to YES . Both list ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 806

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-26 Polycom, Inc. Any attempt to exceed the maximum numbe r of management sessions per user results in the display of an error message: A user with this name is already logged into the system. Additional connection is denied . The log in attempt is recorded as an Aud ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 807

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-27 The Banner Configuration dialog box allows the administrator to sel ect a Login Banner from a drop-down menu. One of the the following Login Banners can be selected: • Non-Modifiabl e Banners — Sample 1 — Sample 2 — Sample 3 — Sample 4 • Modifiable Ba nner — Custom (Default) Guideline ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 808

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-28 Polycom, Inc. − Communications using, or d ata stored on, this IS are not private, a re subject to routine monitorin g, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any US G authorized purpose. − This IS includes security measures (e.g., authent ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 809

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-29 Customizing Banners The Login and Main Screen banners can be customized to display conference information, assistance information or warn ing text as required in the Ultra Secure Mode . To customize the banners: 1 In the Collaboration Server menu, click Setup > Customize Di splay Settings > B ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 810

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-30 Polycom, Inc. Banner Display Login Screen Banner The Login screen banner can display any te xt, fo r example the terms and conditions for system usag e. The default text is that requ ired in Ultra Secure Mode . Th e user must acknowledge that the information was ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 811

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-31 Main Screen Banner The Main Screen banner is displayed at the bottom of the screen, as follows: When the Collaboration Server is configured to work i n Ultra Secure Mode , such as the Maximum Security environment, the display banner includes the following defaul t text: THIS IS A DOD SYSTEM AND IS ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 812

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-32 Polycom, Inc. Securing an External Dat abase TLS 1.0 is used when securing communications between the Collaboration Server and an external database . The certificate is installe d on the database server and the Collaboration Server is the client. When the certifi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 813

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-33 St andard Security Mode Internal Collaboration Server database + External Database First authentication is via the internal Collaborat ion Se rver databas e. If it is not successful, authentication is via the External Database . Internal Collaboration Serv er database + External Database + Active D ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 814

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-34 Polycom, Inc. Enabling Active Dir ectory Integration To configure Directory Services: 1 On the Colla boratio n Serve r Menu , click Setup > Directory Services . The Directory Services - Configuration dialog box is displayed. 2 Modify the following fields. T a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 815

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-35 3 Click th e Role Mapping tab. The Directory Services - Role Mapping dialog box is dis played. Each of the Collaboration Server user types: Administrator , Administrator Re ad-Only, Audito r , Operator and Chairperson can be mapped to only one Active Directory Group or Role according to th e custom ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 816

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-36 Polycom, Inc. MLPP (Multi Level Preced ence and Preemption) In compliance with UC APL requirements, Quality of Service ( QoS ) can be more accurately modified to suit local needs with the addition of Multi Level Pr ecedence and Preemption methods for call priorit ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 817

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-37 Enabling Precedence Precedence is disabled by default. It is enabled b y using the Setup > Precedence Settings menu to display the Precedence Settings dialog box. Precedence is enabled by selecting the Use Precedence check box. See " Configuring and Modifying Preced ence Domains and DSCP Va ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 818

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-38 Polycom, Inc. • SIP Dial in participants, both defined and undefined, do not inherit Precedence or Domain characteristics from the Participant’s Addr ess Book . (Additional fields, add ed to the Participant’s Properties - Advance d and Address Book - Advanc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 819

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-39 • Rejected calls receive a 417 Error response. •I f t h e Require tag is null, the call is connected and assigned ROUTINE priority in the first defined Precedence Domain •I f t h e Use Precedence check box in Precedence Settings is cleared, the RMX will not reject such calls. The LSC is respo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 820

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-40 Polycom, Inc. Dial-out calls For Dial-out calls, the SIP Message header information for the Prece dence Domain and Resourc e Priority ( r-priority ) of the call is config urable. Additional fields i n the Participant’s Properties - Advanced and Participant’s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 821

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-41 Configuring and Modifying Preced ence Domains and DSCP V alues The Precedence Domains and DSCP values for each Precedence Domain can be configured and modified per MCU . To configure Precedence Settings: 1 On the RMX menu, click Setup > Precedence Sett ings The Precedence Settings dialog box is ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 822

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-42 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click OK . — The following System Flags must be added to system.cfg if their values are to be modified: • QOS_MANAG EMENT_NETWORK - the value of the flag (hex) is used as the DSCP value for the RMX Management Network . — Default: 0x10 — Ra ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 823

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-43 •M e d i a The following 802.1x Authentication methods are supported: •E A P - M D 5 •E A P - T L S •P E A P v 0 •M S C H A P v 2 Certificate Repository Implementation of 802.1x Authentication requires a certificate, which is obtained from the Certificate Repository . • Either one TLS c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 824

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-44 Polycom, Inc. Modify the Ethernet Settings table fields as set out in Table 23-12: Enabling 802.1x Authentication can result in the RMX being disconnected from the network and a warning messag e is displayed: System Flags The following system fl ags are used to m ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 825

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-45 Disabling 802.1x Authentication Switching to http mod e from https mode by inserting a USB key containing a file named RestoreFactorySecurityDefaults.txt into the RTM- IP USB port disables 802.1x functionality Ethernet Monitoring 802.1x Status is displayed in the Hardware Monitor - LAN List . The f ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 826

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-46 Polycom, Inc. • Bad Configuration • Link Status not Detected White List Access In compliance with UC APL requirements for enhanced security of we b access to the RMX, a White List containing the addresses of IP Networking Entit ies permitted to connect to the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 827

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-47 4 Select the Enable Whitelist check box. All IP addresses in the list are displayed and the Add and Remove buttons become active. 5 Modify the White List . Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported and the system will onl y allow an entry of the type of IP addresses for which the Management Networ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 828

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-48 Polycom, Inc. a To Add IP addresses: For each IP address to be added to the White List : i) In the Add IP Address field enter an IP address to be added to the White List and click the Add button. If an invalid IP address is entered, an error message is displayed ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 829

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-49 System Flag The ANAT Protocol selection is controlled by the ANAT_IP_PROTOCOL_SETTING System Flag. To modify it, manually add it to system.cfg and set it s value as described in Table 23-15. Range: DISABLED, AUTO, PREFER_IPv4, PREFER_IPv6 Default: — If the ULTRA_SECURE_M ODE System Flag is set to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 830

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-50 Polycom, Inc. • An endpoint declaring SIP BF CP TCP is connected with video and audio but without Content . The SIP BFCP TCP channel will not be connected. • The following resolutions are supported with H.26 4 HD Content protocol. Only when H.264 HD is select ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 831

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-51 Enabling AS-SIP Content AS-SIP Content is enabled in the New Profile / Profile Properties - Video Quality tab. When the AS-SIP Cont ent check box is selected the following are automatically enabled and cannot be disabled: • Send Content to Legacy Endpoints • Multiple Resolutions System Flag The ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 832

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-52 Polycom, Inc. • Traffic redirec tion Malicious devices can however us e these capabilities in order to divert, intercept, detect, network traffic. The following System Flags have been added to enable the administrator to control ICMP Redirect and Destination Un ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 833

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-53 System Flag: ENABLE_SENDING_ICMP_D ESTINA TION_UNREACHABLE This System Flag enables the administrator to control whether the RMX sends ICMP Destination Unreachable Messages (ICMP message type #3 ) . Destination Unreachable Messages are sent when the RMX receives a UDP packet on a port configured fo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 834

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-54 Polycom, Inc. For backward compatibility with previous versions, either SHA-1 or SHA-256 can be selected as the hash algori thm used in the creation of CSRs . Upgrade / Downgrade Guidelines The RMX configuration, including users and passwords, should be backed up ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 835

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-55 Non-hashed Passwords All non-hashed passwords are stored en crypted as set out in Table 23-17. Downgrade from new version to old version Before the downgrade procedure begins, the administrator receives a popup warning message “Passwords will change to factory default woul d you like to proceed?? ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 836

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-56 Polycom, Inc. In compliance with UC APL requirements, PKI Self-signed Certificates are supported for the both the Default Manageme nt and IP Network Services . A mixture of Self-signed and CA-signed Certificates is supported, however a CA-signed certificate will ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 837

    Chapter 23 - Ultra Secure Mode Polycom, Inc. 23-57 Self-signed Certificates are indicated in the Certification Repository - Issued By field . Media Encryption and Authentication In compliance with UC_APL _SEC_0013, the RMX support s Privacy Protocol AES_CM_128_HMAC_S HA1_32, in addition to A ES_CM_128_HMAC_SHA1_ 80. System Flag The Privacy Protocol ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 838

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 23-58 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 839

    Polycom, Inc. 24-1 24 Collaboration Server Hardware Monitoring The status and properties of the Collaboration Server hardwa re components can be viewed and monitored in the Hardware Monitor list pane. V iewing the St atus of the Hardware Component s The Hardware Monitor’s status column displays the present st atus of the hardware components. In a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 840

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-2 Polycom, Inc. The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. The Hardware Monitor pane displays the following Collaboration Server hardware component’s status columns: In the Hardware Monitor , Slots 1 & 2 may sometimes appear as duplicates in the Slot list. Ta b l ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 841

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-3 HW Monitor Pane T o olbar The following buttons appear in the tool bar of the Hardware Monitor: V iewing the Properties of RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Hardware Component s The properties displayed for the hardware comp onents will vary according to the type of ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 842

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-4 Polycom, Inc. To view the MCU Proper ties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-cl ick and select Properties for RMX 1500, slot 0 . The following i nformation is displayed: Slot number HW component type Component Information (changes accord ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 843

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-5 2 Click t he Event Log tab to view a log of events that were recorded by the system for the Collaboration Server. The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possible to save individual or multiple se lected events; the entir ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 844

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-6 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the Collaboration Server, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box displ ays fields that relate to faults and errors de tected on the Collaboration Server by sensor ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 845

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-7 2 Click th e Event Log tab to view a log of events recorded by the system on the HW component. For mo re inform ation, see " MCU Properties - Event Log” on page 24-12 . 3 Click th e Active Alarms tab to view alarms relate d to the hardware component, i.e. temperatures a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 846

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-8 Polycom, Inc. To View the Supportin g Hard ware Components Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-c lick and select properties for the desired supporting hardware component. The component’s properties dial og box will appear wit ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 847

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-9 FAN Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’ s chassis c ontains 3 fans that regulate the unit’s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans speed will increase and vice-versa. A “Critical” conditio n in the fans operat ion will result in a system shut down. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 848

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-10 Polycom, Inc. LAN 1, LAN 2, LAN 3 Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 external LAN connector s which register the following information listed belo w. The information will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 849

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-11 The Hardware Properti es dialog box has the following structure: To view the MCU Proper ties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-click and sel ect properties for RMX 2000, slot 0 . The following i nformation is displayed: Slot number HW component typ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 850

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-12 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Event L og tab to view a log of events that were record ed by the system for the Collaboration Server. The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possi ble to save individual o r multi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 851

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-13 3 Click th e Active Alar ms tab to view alarms rel ated to the Collaboration Server, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box di splays fields that rel ate to faults and errors d etected on the Collaboration Server by sensors. The Active Alarm s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 852

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-14 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Event Log tab to view a log of ev ents that was recorded by the system on the HW component. For more information, see " MCU Properties - Event Log” on page 24-12 . 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the har dw ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 853

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-15 FAN Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’ s chassis c ontains 3 fans that regulate the unit’s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans speed will increase and vice-versa. A “Critical” conditio n in the fans operat ion will result in a system shut down. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 854

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-16 Polycom, Inc. LAN 0, LAN 1, LAN 2 Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 external LAN connector s which register the following information listed belo w. The information will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 855

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-17 The Hardware Properti es dialog box has the following structure: To view the MCU Proper ties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, either double-click or right-click and sel ect Properties for RMX 4000, slot 0 . The following i nformation is displayed: Slot number HW component typ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 856

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-18 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Event L og tab to view a log of events that were record ed by the system for the Collaboration Server. The logged events can be saved to a *.xls file by clicking the Save Event Log button. It is not possi ble to save individual o r multi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 857

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-19 3 Click th e Active Alar ms tab to view alarms rel ated to the Collaboration Server, i.e. temperatures and main power sensors. The Active Alarms dialog box di splays fields that rel ate to faults and errors d etected on the Collaboration Server by sensors. The Active Alarm s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 858

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-20 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Event Log tab to view a log of ev ents that was recorded by the system on the HW component. For more information, see " MCU Properties - Event Log” on page 24-12 . 3 Click the Active Alarms tab to view alarms related to the har dw ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 859

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-21 FAN Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’ s chassis c ontains 3 fans that regulate the unit’s temperature. If the temperature increases, the fans speed will increase and vice-versa. A “Critical” conditio n in the fans operat ion will result in a system shut down. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 860

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-22 Polycom, Inc. LAN 0, LAN 1, LAN 2 Properties: The Collaboration Server unit’s chassis contains 3 external LAN connector s which register the following information listed belo w. The information will be refreshed every 8 seconds and also contains a peek detector ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 861

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-23 Connecting to th e Shelf Management Server: Access the Collaboration Server browser and click Hardware Monitor . The Hardware Monitor pane opens. On the Hardware Monitor toolbar click the Shelf Manager icon. Type in the URL address of the Shelf Management (IP address). For ex ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 862

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-24 Polycom, Inc. 1 In the list pane tool bar, click the Basic Mode ( ) button. 2 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click Yes . 3 The Collaboration Server resets. Re-enter the Shelf Manager IP address in the browser and Login under POLYCOM or with an “Administr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 863

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-25 After login th e following screen appears. The MPM+/MPMx cards indicate “Resetting” and later switch to “Diagnostics”. The status of RTM-IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM-IP 40 00 and CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 4000 components change to “Diagnostics”. 4 You can select any one of the Ha ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 864

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-26 Polycom, Inc. 5 Run Diagnostic Tests & Tests M onitoring by clicking the Run Tests button. In the Hardware Monitor pane, the toolbar and card statuses change to Tests in progress . When the Collaboration Server enters “ Diagnostics Mode ”, the s tatus MPM ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 865

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-27 6. The Diagno stics Summary p ane is displaye d at the bottom of the H ar dwar e Monitoring pane. Figure 24-1 RealPresence Collab oration Server (RMX) 2000/4000 Diagnostics T ests & Monitoring T e sts Figure 24-2 RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 Dia gnostics T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 866

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-28 Polycom, Inc. Performing Advanced Mode Diagnostics To run Advanced Mode Diagnostics on a Hardw are Component: 1 In the list pane tool bar, click the Advanced Mode ( ) button. T o run Diagnosti cs you are required to Login with administrator permissions. • Most ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 867

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-29 2 In the Reset Confirmation dialog box, click Yes . 3 The Collaboration Server resets. Re-enter the Shelf Manager IP address in the browser and Login using an “Administ rator” Login. The MPM+/MPMx cards indicate “Resetting” and later switch to “Diagnostics”. The s ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 868

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-30 Polycom, Inc. You can view Diagnostic Tests & Te sts Monitoring by clicking the Advanced Diagnostics Tab. The Diagnostics Tests & Monitoring Tests panes are displayed on the right side of the window pane. Figure 24-3 R ealPresence Collaborati on Server (R ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 869

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-31 Figure 24-4 RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX) 1500 Diagnostics T ests & Monitoring T e sts 5 When the Collaboration Server enters “ Diagnostics Mode ”, th e status MPM+/M PMx, CNTL/CNTL 1500/CNTL 40 00 and RTM IP/RTM IP 1500/RTM IP 4000 changes to “ Diagnosti ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 870

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-32 Polycom, Inc. 7 The selected te sts are initialized. In the Tests Monitoring pane there is an indication of the Connection Status of the Te sts. 8 This process may take some time. Click Stop Running Test to end all the diagnostic tests. The MCU completes the curr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 871

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-33 Cards Monitor The Cards Monitor tab displays th e status of the selected tests being run on the currently viewed card, i.e. slot 5, described below. T ab le 24-21 T ests Monitoring - MCU Monitor Parameters Column Description Card The card’s slot number , i.e. 5 - slot where ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 872

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-34 Polycom, Inc. Error Buffer The Error Buffer tab displays the errors encountered during testing of the cards. T ab le 24-23 T ests Monitoring - Card Monitor Parameters Column Description Te s t i d The test ID number . ErrorS tring Ind icates the error encountere ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 873

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-35 T emperature T hresholds On each Collaboration Server card or there ar e temperature sensors that are placed near specific components on the card. In the Hardware Monitor you can view the properties of each card together with the i r temperatu re statuses. By right clicking o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 874

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-36 Polycom, Inc. Collaboration Server RTM-IP 1500/RT M-IP/RTM IP 4000 Card Properties To view the Collaboration Server RTM- IP 1500/RTM-IP/RTM IP 4000 Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the RTM IP entry and then select Properties . 2 Click Activ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 875

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-37 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 24-8 RealPresence Co llaboration Server (RMX) 2 000 CNTL T emperature Sensors The hottest capacity sensor on the CNTL card is sensor 10, and whe n this sensor reaches 70 ° (degrees) Centigrade, it trig gers an "Upper Major" event. The ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 876

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-38 Polycom, Inc. MPM+ Card Proper ties To view the MPM+ Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the M PM+ entry and then select Pro perties . 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 24-9 RealPresence Collaboration Serve r (RMX) 2000 MPM+80 Properties The MPM+ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 877

    Chapter 24-Collabora tion Server Hardware Monit oring Polycom, Inc. 24-39 MPMx Card Proper ties To view the MPMx Properties: 1 In the Hardware Monitor pane, right-click the MPMx entry and then select Prop erties . 2 Click Active Alarms . Figure 24-10 Re alPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 200 0 MPMx80 Properties The MPMx card has 7 temperature se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 878

    RealPresence Collabora tion Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Admin istrator’s Guide 24-40 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 879

    Polycom, Inc. A-1 Appendix A Disconnection Causes If a participant was unable to connect to a c onference or was disconnected from a conference, the Connection Status tab in the Participant Properties dialog box indicates the call disconnection cause. In some cases, a possible solution may be displayed. A video participant who is unable to connect ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 880

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide A-2 Polycom, Inc. H323 call closed. Small bandwidth The gatekeeper a llocated insufficient bandwi dth to the connection with the endpoint. H323 call closed. No port left There are no free ports left in the IP card. Caller not registered The calling endpoin t is not re ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 881

    Appendix A-Disconnecti on Causes Polycom, Inc. A-3 H323 call closed. Remote sent bad capability There was a pr oblem in the capabilities sent by the endpoint. H323 call closed. Local capability wasn't accepted by remote The endpoint did not accept the capabilities sent by the gatekeeper . H323 failure Internal error occurred. H323 call closed. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 882

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide A-4 Polycom, Inc. SIP client error 40 7 The endpoint sent a SIP C lient Error 407 (Proxy Authentication Required) response. The client must first authent icate itself with the proxy . SIP client error 409 The endpoint se nt a SIP Client E rror 409 (Conflict) response. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 883

    Appendix A-Disconnecti on Causes Polycom, Inc. A-5 SIP forbidden The SIP server rejected the reque st. The server understood the request, but is refusing to fulfill it. SIP global failure 603 A SIP Global Failure 603 (Decline) response was returned. The participant's endpoint was successfully contacted, but the participant explicitly does not ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 884

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide A-6 Polycom, Inc. SIP server error 500 The SIP server sent a SIP Server Error 500 (Server Internal Error) response. The server encoun tered an unexpected cond ition that prevented it from fulfilling the request. SIP server error 501 The SIP server sent a SIP Server Er ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 885

    Appendix A-Disconnecti on Causes Polycom, Inc. A-7 ISDN Disconnection Causes Ta b l e A - 2 ISDN Disconnection Causes Disconnectio n Cause Number Summary Description 1 Unallocated (unassigned number) No route to the number exists in the ISDN network or the number was not found in the routi ng table. • Ensure that the number app ears in the routin ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 886

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide A-8 Polycom, Inc. 22 Number Changed Same as Cause 1. The diagnostic field contains the new called user number . Cause 1 is used if the network does not support this cause value. 26 Non-Selected User Clearin g The incoming call has not been assigned to the user . 27 De ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 887

    Appendix A-Disconnecti on Causes Polycom, Inc. A-9 53 Outgoing Calls Barred Within Closed User Group (CUG) Outgoing calls are n ot permitted for this member o f the CUG . 55 Incoming Calls Barred within CUG Incoming calls are not permitte d for this member of the CUG . 57 Bearer Capability Not Authorized A bearer capability has been requested that ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 888

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide A-10 Polycom, Inc. 86 Call Having the Requested Call Identity Has Been Cleared A RESUME message cannot be executed by the network as a result of the call having been cleared while suspen ded. 87 User Not Member of CUG A CUG member was called by a user who is not a mem ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 889

    Appendix A-Disconnecti on Causes Polycom, Inc. A-11 103 Par ameter Non- Existent or Not Implemented – Passed On (national use) A message was r e ceived cont aining parame ters that are not defined or of a type that is defined but not implemented. 1 10 Message with Unrecognized Parameter Discarded A message was discarded because it contained a par ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 890

    RealPresence Coll aboration Server (RMX) 1 500/2000/4000 Administ rator’s Guide A-12 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 891

    Polycom, Inc. B-1 Appendix B Active Alarms Ta b l e B - 1 Active Alarms Alarm Code Alarm Description A matching activation key is required. T o cancel the upgrade process, reset the Collaboration Server The system upgrade requires that a valid activation key be entered . If none is available, resetting the Collaboration Se rver will cancel the upgr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 892

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide B-2 Polycom, Inc. Card failure Possible reasons for the card failure: • Resetting Card • Resetting component • Unknown shelf erro r • Unknown car d error Card not found This occurs when: the system does not recei ve an indication about the card (since it does ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 893

    Appendix B-Active Alarms Polycom, Inc. B-3 CPU slot ID not identified The CPU slot ID required for Ethernet Settings wa s not provided by the Shelf Management. D channel cannot be established DEBUG mode enabled Possible explanations: • System is running i n DEBUG mode. • System DEBUG mode initiated. In this mode, additional prints are added and ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 894

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide B-4 Polycom, Inc. Event Mode Conferencing reso urces deficiency due to inappropri ate license. Please install a new license External NTP servers failure The MCU could not connect to any of the defined NTP server for synchronization due to the remote server error or ne ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 895

    Appendix B-Active Alarms Polycom, Inc. B-5 Fallback version is b eing used Fallback version is being used. Restore current version. V ersion being use d: [running version ]; Current version: [current version]. Fan Problem Le vel Critical Fan Problem Le vel Major File error Possible reasons for the file error: • XML file does not exist [file name] ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 896

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide B-6 Polycom, Inc. Gatekeeper failure Possible reasons for the Gatekeeper failu re: • Failed to register to alternate Gateke eper . • Gatekeeper discovery state. - Check GK IP address (GUI, ping) • Gatekeeper DNS Host name not found. • Gatekeeper Registration T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 897

    Appendix B-Active Alarms Polycom, Inc. B-7 Hot backup: Network issue Hot Backup: Paired MCU is unreachable. Initialization of ice stack failed Insufficient resources The number of resources in the license is higher than the actual system resources. Check the media cards or insert a media card. Insufficient UDP Port s When defining fixed port, the n ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 898

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide B-8 Polycom, Inc. Missing Central Signa ling IP configuration MPL startup failure. Authentication not received. Authentication was not received from Switch. Check the switch card. MPL startup failure. Management Network configuration not received. Management Network m ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 899

    Appendix B-Active Alarms Polycom, Inc. B-9 Port configuration was modified Power off Power Problem Level Critical Power Problem Level Major Product activation failure Assign a new acti vation key . Product T ype mismatch. System is restarting. The user is alerted to a mismatch be tween the product type that is stored in MCU software and the product ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 900

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide B-10 Polycom, Inc. RTM ISDN card startup pr ocedure error The RTM ISDN card cannot complete its startup procedure (usually after system reset). Check the card and/or reset the card. Secured SIP communication fai led Error status (408) received from SIP proxy . Securit ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 901

    Appendix B-Active Alarms Polycom, Inc. B-11 SIP TLS: Registration server not responding This alarm is displayed when the Collaboration Server does not receive a response from the OCS to the registrati on req uest in the expected time frame. Possible causes are: • The Collabora tion Server FQDN na me is not defined in the OCS pool, or is defined i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 902

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide B-12 Polycom, Inc. The system has been c onfig ured for Ultra Secure Mode, but communicati on is not secured until a TLS certificate is installed and the MCU is set to Secured Communication. Although the System Flag UL TRA_SECURE_ MODE is set to YES, the Ultra Secure ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 903

    Polycom, Inc. C-1 Appendix C CDR Fields - Unformatted File The CDR (Call Detail Records) utili ty is used to retrieve conference information to a file. The CDR utility can retrieve conference information to a file in both formatted and unf ormatted formats. Unformatted CDR files contain multiple records. The first record in each file contains infor ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 904

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-2 Polycom, Inc. The Conference Summary Record The conference summary record (the first reco rd in the unformatted CDR file) contains the following fiel ds: Ta b l e C - 1 Conferen ce Summary Record Fields Field Descrip tion File V ersion The version of the CDR utili ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 905

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-3 Event Records The event records, that is, all r ecords in the un formatted file except the first record, contain standard fields, such as the event type code an d the time stamp, followed by fields that are event specific. The event fields are separated by commas. Two consecutive commas wi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 906

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-4 Polycom, Inc. Event T ypes The table below contains a list of the events th at can be logged in the CDR file, and indicates where to find details of the fields that are specific to that type of event. The event code ide ntifies the event i n the unforma tted CDR f ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 907

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-5 10 DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT Information about a de fined partic ipant, that is, a participant who was added to the conference befo re the conference started. For more information about the fields, see T able C-14, “ Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT , USER ADD P A ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 908

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-6 Polycom, Inc. 28 SIP PRIV A TE EXTENSIONS Contains SIP Private Extensions information. For more information about the fields, see T able C-25, “ Event Fields for Event 28 - SIP PRIV A TE EXTENSIONS,” on page C-31 . 30 GA TEKEEPER INFORMA T ION Contains the gat ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 909

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-7 101 USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT A user added a participant to the conference during the conference. For more information about the fields, see T able C-14, “ Event Fields for Events 10, 101, 105 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT , USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT , USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT ,” on page C-20 . ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 910

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-8 Polycom, Inc. 109 OPERA TOR A TTEND P ARTY The Collaboratio n Server User moved the participant to the Operator conference. For more information, see T able C-35, “ Event Fields for Events 107 and 109 - OPERA TOR MOVE P ARTY FROM CONFERENCE and OPERA TOR A TTEND ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 911

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-9 2012 RESERVED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2 Additional information about a D EFINED P ARTICIP ANT event. For more information about the fields, see T able C-16, “ Event Fields for Event 201 1 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2012 - USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2016 - USER ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 912

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-10 Polycom, Inc. Event S pecific Fields The following tables describe the fields wh ich are specific to each type of event. 5001 CONFERENCE ST ART CONTINUE 4 Additional information abo ut a CONFERENCE ST ART event. For more information about the fields, see T able C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 913

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-11 Auto T e rminate Indicates whether the conference wa s set to end automatically if no parti cipan t joins the conferen ce for a predefin ed time period af ter the conference starts, or if all p articipant s disconnect from the conference and the conference is empty for a predefined time p ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 914

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-12 Polycom, Inc. T120 Rate Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Ta b l e C - 4 Eve nt Fields for Event 2001 - CONFERENCE ST ART CONTINUE 1 Field Descrip tion Audio T ones Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Alert T one Not supported. Always contains ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 915

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-13 Minimum Number of Participants The number of particip ants for whic h the system reserved resources. Additional participants may join the conference without pri or reservation until all the resources are utilize d. Currently th e only value is 0 . Allow Undefined Participants Indicates wh ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 916

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-14 Polycom, Inc. Lecture Mode T ype Indicates the type of Lecture Mode, as follows: 0 - None 1 - Lecture Mode 3 - Presentation Mode Lecturer Note: This field is only relevant if the Lecture Mode T yp e is Lecture Mode. The name of the participant selected as the con ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 917

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-15 Ta b l e C - 6 Event Fields for Event 6001 - CONFERENCE ST ART CONTINUE 5 Field Descrip tion Encryption Indicates the conference encry ption setting, as follows: 0 - The conference is not encrypted. 1 -  The conference is encryp ted. Ta b l e C - 7 Event Fields for Event 1 1001 - CONFE ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 918

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-16 Polycom, Inc. Call T ype The call type, as follows: 68 - 56 KBS dat a call 72 - 1536kbs data call (PRI only) 75 - 56 KBS dat a call 77 - Modem data service 79 - 384kbs data call (PRI only) 86 - Normal voice call Network Service Program The Network Service program ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 919

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-17 Calling Participant Phone Number The telephone number used for dial-in. Called Participant Number T ype The type of number called, as follows: 0 - Unknown, default 1 - Intern ational 2 - National 3 - Network specific 4 - Subscriber 6 - Abbreviated Called Participant Number Plan The called ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 920

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-18 Polycom, Inc. Participant ID The identification number assign ed to the participant by the MCU. Participant S tatus The participant status, as follows: 0 -  Idle 1 -  Connected 2 - Disconnected 3 - W aiting for dial-in 4 -  Connecting 5 - Disconnecting 6 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 921

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-19 Secondary Cause (cont.) 15 - V ideo stream violation due to incompatible annexes or other discrep ancy . 16 - Inadequate video resources 17 - When moved to a T ranscoding or Video Switching conference, the participant’ s video capabilities a re not supported by th e video cards 18 - V i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 922

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-20 Polycom, Inc. Mux Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Mux Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Audio Codec Board ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Audio Codec Unit ID Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Aud ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 923

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-21 Dialing Dire ction The dialing direction, as fo llows: 0 - Dial-out 5 - Dial-in Bonding Mode Not supp orted. Always cont ains the value 0 . Number Of Channels Note: This field is o nly relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. The number of channels be ing connected for this participant. Net Ch ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 924

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-22 Polycom, Inc. Number of MCU Phone Numbers Note: This field is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participant s. The number of MCU phone numbers. In a dial-in connection, the MCU phone number is the number dialed by the participant to connect to the MCU. In a dial-out con ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 925

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-23 Undefined Participant Indicates whether are not the particip ant is an undefined particip ant, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an undefined participant. 2 - The participant is an undefined participant. Node T ype The node type, as follows: 0 - MCU 1 - T erminal Bonding Phone Number ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 926

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-24 Polycom, Inc. T able C-16 Event Fields for Event 201 1 - DEFINED P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2012 - USER ADD P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2, Event 2016 - USER UPDA TE P ARTICIP ANT CONTINUE 2 Field Descrip tion Encryption Indicates the participant’s encryption se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 927

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-25 T ab le C-18 Event Fields for Events 17, 23 - H323 P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED, SIP P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED Field Descrip tion Participant Name The name of the participant. An empty field “” denotes an unidentifi ed participant or a particip ant whose name is unspecified. Participant ID T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 928

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-26 Polycom, Inc. Secondary Cause Note: This field is only relevant if th e Participant S tatus is Secondary . The cause for the secondary connection (not being able to connect the video channels), as follows: 0 - Default 11 - The incoming video parameters are not co ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 929

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-27 Restrict Not supported. Always cont ains the value 0 . Audio Only Indicates the participant’ s Aud io Only setting, as follows: 0 - The participant is not an Audio Only participant 1 - The participant is an Audio Only participant 255 - Unknown Default Number Ty p e Note: This field is o ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 930

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-28 Polycom, Inc. Chair Not supported. Always contains the value 0 . Video Protocol The video protocol , as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 4 - H.264 255 -  Auto Broadcasting Vo l u m e The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 931

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-29 H.323 Participant Alias T ype/SIP Participant Address Ty p e Note: This field is only relevant to IP participant s. For H.323 participant s, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.323 ID 13 - Email ID 14 - Participant number For SIP particip ants, the address type, as follows: 1 - SIP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 932

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-30 Polycom, Inc. T able C-22 Event Fields for Event 21 - SET P ARTICIP ANT DISPLA Y NAME Field Descrip tion Participant Name The original name of the participant, for example, the name automatically assigned to an un defined participant, such as, “<conference n ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 933

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-31 Recording Link Name The name of the Recording Li nk. Recording Link ID The Recording Link ID. S tart Recording Policy The start recording policy , as fo llows: 1 - S tart recording automatically as soon as the first participant connects to the confer ence. 2 - S tart recording when requ e ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 934

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-32 Polycom, Inc. Participant Current Rate The participant line rate in Kbps. T able C-28 Event Fields for Event 32 Field Descrip tion IP V6 IPv6 address of the participant’s endpoint. T able C-29 Event fields for Event 33 - P ARTY CHAIR UPDA TE Field Description P ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 935

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-33 T ab le C-31 Event Fields for Event 35 - SVC SIP P ARTICIP ANT CONNECTED Field Description Participant Name The name of the particip ant. An empty field "" denotes an unidentified participant or a participant whose name is unspecified Participant ID The identification number ass ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 936

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-34 Polycom, Inc. T able C-33 Event Fields for Events 102,103, 104 - USER DELETE P ARTICIP ANT , USER DISCONNECT P ARTICIP ANT , USER RECONNECT P ARTICIP ANT Field Descrip tion User Name T he login name of the user who re connected the participant to the conference, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 937

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-35 Party ID The identification number assigned to the participant by the MCU. Connection T ype The connection type, as follows: 0 - Dial-out 5 - Dial-in Bonding Mode Note: This fiel d is only relevant to ISDN/PSTN participants. Possible values are: 0 - Bonding is disabled 1 - Bonding is enab ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 938

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-36 Polycom, Inc. Net SubService Name Note: This field is only relevant to dial-out, ISDN/PSTN participant s. The network sub-se rvice name. An empty field “” means that MCU selects the default sub-service. Number of Party Phone Numbers Note: This field is only r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 939

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-37 Video Protocol The vide o protocol, as follows: 1 - H.261 2 - H.263 3 - H.264* 4 - H.264 255 -  Auto Audio Volume The broadcasting volume assigned to the participant. The value is between 1 (lowest) and 10 (loudest). Undefined T ype T he participant type , as follows: 0 - Defined parti ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 940

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-38 Polycom, Inc. H.323 Party Alias T ype/SIP Pa rty Address T ype Note: This field is only relevant to IP participants. For H.323 participants, the alias type, as follows: 7 - E164 8 - H.323 ID 11 - URL ID alias type 12 - T ransport ID 13 - Email ID 14 - Participant ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 941

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-39 Disconnection Cause V alues T ab le C-39 Event Fields for Event 3010 - P ARTICIP ANT INFORMA TION Field Descrip tion Info1 Info2 Info3 Info4 The participant information fields. These fields enable users to enter gener al info rmation about the participant, such as the particip ant’s e-m ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 942

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-40 Polycom, Inc. 154 H323 call close. Alt Gatekeeper failure 191 H323 call clos e. Remote busy 192 H323 call clos e. Normal 193 H323 call clos e. Remote reject 194 H323 call clos e. Remote unreachable 195 H323 call close. Unk nown reason 198 H323 call close. Small b ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 943

    Appendix C-CDR Fields - Un formatted File Polycom, Inc. C-41 300 SIP redirection 300 301 SIP moved permanently 302 SIP moved temporarily 305 SIP redirection 305 380 SIP redirection 380 400 SIP client error 400 401 SIP unauthorized 402 SIP client error 402 403 SIP forbidden 404 SIP not found 405 SIP client error 405 406 SIP client error 406 407 SIP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 944

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide C-42 Polycom, Inc. MGC Manager Event s that are not Supported by the Collaboration Server The following MGC Manager events are not sup ported by the Collaboration Server: • Event 8 - REMOTE COM MODE • Event 11 - ATM CHANNEL CONNECTED • Event 12 - ATM CHANNEL DIS ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 945

    Polycom, Inc. D-1 Appendix D Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Dat abase Authentication The RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500/2000/4 000 Ad Hoc conferencing feature enables participants to start ongoing conferen ces on-the-fly, without prior definition when dialing an Ad Hoc-enabled Entry Queue. The cr eated conference parameters are take ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 946

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide D-2 Polycom, Inc. 4 The MCU checks whether a conference with the same Confe rence ID is running on the MCU. If there is such a conference , the partic ipant is moved to that conference. If there is no ongoing conference with that Confere n ce ID, the system creates a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 947

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Da tabase Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-3 Entry Queue Level - Conferen ce Init iation V alidation with an External Dat abase Application Starting a new conference with external database application validation entails the following s teps: Figure D-2 Conference Initiation Validation wi th External Databas ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 948

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide D-4 Polycom, Inc. — Conference Information, such as the co ntact person name. These fields correspond to Info 1, 2 and 3 fields in the Conference Properties - Information dialog box. — Maximum number of participan ts allowed for the conference — Conference Owner ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 949

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Da tabase Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-5 Conference access authenti cation can be performed as: • Part of the Ad Hoc c onferencing flow where the participants must be authorized before they can enter the conference created in the Ad Hoc flow • Independent of Ad Hoc conferencing wher e conference acc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 950

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide D-6 Polycom, Inc. • If the Conference IVR Service is configured to prompt for the chairperson identifier and password, the participant is requested to enter the chairperson identifier. — If no identifier is entered, the part icipant connects as a standard, undefin ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 951

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Da tabase Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-7 • If the Conference IVR Service is configured to prompt for the Conference password, the participant is requested to enter the conferen ce password. In this flow, the conference password is no t validated with the external databa se application, only with the M ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 952

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide D-8 Polycom, Inc. • Ad Hoc - enabled Entry Queue Ad Hoc conferencing must be enabled in the Entry Queue and a Profile must be assigned to the Entry Queue. In addition, an Entry Queue IVR Se rvice supporting conference ID request. For d etails, see " Entry Queue ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 953

    Appendix D-Ad Hoc Conferencing and External Da tabase Authentication Polycom, Inc. D-9 MCU Configuration to Communicate with an External Dat abase Application To enable the communication with the external database application, several flags must be set in the System Con figuration. To set the System Configuration flags: 1 On the Setup menu, click S ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 954

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide D-10 Polycom, Inc. Enabling External Dat abase V alidation for St arting New Ongoin g Conferences The validation of the participant’s right to star t a new conference with an external database application is configured in the Entry Queu e IVR S ervice - Global dialo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 955

    Polycom, Inc. E-1 Appendix E Particip ant Properties Advanced Channel Information The following appendix details the properties connected with information about audio and video parameters, as well as, problems with the network which can affect the audio and video quality. Ta b l e E - 1 Participant Properties - Cha nnel St atus Advan ced Parameters ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 956

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide E-2 Polycom, Inc. RTP Stat is ti cs Actual loss T he number of missing packets counted by the IP card as reported in the last RTP S tatistics report. If a p acke t that was considered lost arrives later , it is de ducted from the packet loss count. Packet loss is disp ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 957

    Appendix E-Participant Properties Advance d Channel Information Polycom, Inc. E-3 Fragmented Indicates the number of packet s that arrived to the IP card fragmented (i.e., a single p acket broken by the network in to multiple p a cket s). This value can indicate the delay and reordering of fragmented packets that require additional processing, but ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 958

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX ) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide E-4 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 959

    Polycom, Inc. F-1 Appendix F Secure Communication Mode The RMX™ can be configured to work in Secure Mode or Ultra Secure Mode . For more information see " Ultra Secure Mode” on page 23-1 and " Flags Specific to Maximum Security Environments - Ultra Secure Mode” on page 22-52 . In Secured mode the Collaboration Server and the Collabo ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 960

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide F-2 Polycom, Inc. Cer tificate T emplate Requirements The specific security certificate requir ements for Collaboration Servers used in Maximum Security Environments are: • Support of 2048-bit encryption keys. •S u p p o r t o f Extended Key Usage ( EKU ) for bot ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 961

    Appendix F-Secure C ommunic ation Mo de Polycom, Inc. F-3 Purchasing and Inst alling a Certificate Once a certificate is purchased and re ceived it is stored in the Collaboration Server and used for all subsequent secured connecti ons. For more information see the Ultra Secure Mode chapter, " Adding Certificates to the Certificate Repository? ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 962

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide F-4 Polycom, Inc. The Management Security Properties dialog box is displayed. 4 Select the Secured Communication check box. 5 Select the Certificate Validation mode by checking or clearing the Skip certificate validation for user logging session field as set out in t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 963

    Appendix F-Secure C ommunic ation Mo de Polycom, Inc. F-5 For more information see: •" Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server” on page G-1 •" Connecting to the Alternate Management Network” on page G-6 . Restoring Default s For details see " Restoring Defaults” on page J-1 . Connection to the Alte rnate ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 964

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide F-6 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 965

    Polycom, Inc. G-1 Appendix G Configuring Direct Connections to the Collaboration Server Direct connection to the Collaboration Server is necessary if you want to: • Modify the Collabor ation Server’s Factory Default Management Network settings without using the USB memory stick. • Connect to the Collaboration Server’s Alte rnate Management ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 966

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 - Administrator’ s Guide G-2 Polycom, Inc. Configuring the Wo rkst ation The following procedures show how to modify the workstation’s networking parame ters using the Windows New Connection Wizard . For non-Windows operating system s an equivalent procedure must be performe d by the syste ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 967

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Coll aboration Ser ver Polycom, Inc. G-3 4 In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, sele ct Internet Protoco l [TCP/IP] > Properties . 5 In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box, select Use the follo wing IP address . 6 Enter the IP address, Subnet mask and Default g atew ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 968

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 - Administrator’ s Guide G-4 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the OK button. Connecting to the Management Network To connect directly to the Collabor ation Server: 1 Using a LAN cable, connect the workstati on to the LAN 2 Port on the Collaboration Server’s back panel. Connect one LAN cable between t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 969

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Coll aboration Ser ver Polycom, Inc. G-5 The Fast Configuration Wizard starts. If no USB me mory stick is detected and e ither : this is the First Time Power-up or the Default IP Service has been deleted and the Collaboration Server has been reset, the following dialog box is displayed: For more info ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 970

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 - Administrator’ s Guide G-6 Polycom, Inc. 9 In the Collaboration Server Web Client Login screen, enter the default Username ( POLYCOM ) and Password ( POLYCOM ) and click the Login but ton. Connecting to the Alterna te Management Network Access to the Alternate Management Network is via a c ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 971

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Coll aboration Ser ver Polycom, Inc. G-7 Connecting to the Co llaboration Server via Modem Remote access to the Collaboration Server’s Alternate Management Network is supported via an external PSTN <=> IP modem. To connect via modem to the Alternate Management Network t he following procedur ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 972

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 - Administrator’ s Guide G-8 Polycom, Inc. Procedure 3: Create a Dial-up Connection To create a dial-up co nnection: This procedure is performed once. Only the Dial field in the Connect applet (see step 10 on page G-11 ) is modified for connect ion to different modems. 1 In Wind ows , naviga ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 973

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Coll aboration Ser ver Polycom, Inc. G-9 4 In the Getting Ready box, select Set up my co nnection manually and cli ck the Next button. 5 In the Internet Connection box, select Connect using dial-up modem and click the Next button. 6 In the Connection N ame box, enter a Name for the modem connection ( ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 974

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 - Administrator’ s Guide G-10 Polycom, Inc. 7 In the Phone Number to Dial box, enter the Phone Number for the modem and click the Next button. 8 In the Connection Availability box, select Anyone’s use and click the Next button. 9 In the Internet Account Information box, complete the Userna ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 975

    Appendix G-Configuring Direct Connections to the Coll aboration Ser ver Polycom, Inc. G-11 10 The Connection applet i s displayed w ith the field values filled in as specified by the New Connection Wizard . 11 Click t he Dial button to establish a connection to LAN 3 Port via the modem. The Windows – Network Connections applet displays Connected ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 976

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 - Administrator’ s Guide G-12 Polycom, Inc. Procedure 4: Connect to the Collaboration Server To Connect using the RMX Manager: To use the browser: 4 In the browser’s command line, enter http://<MCU Control Unit IP Address>/ RmxManager.html and press Enter . To use the Windows Start m ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 977

    Polycom, Inc. H-1 Appendix H Setting the Collaboration Server for Integration Into Microsof t Environment Overview The Polycom® Visual Communica tions offers high quality video and audio multipoint conferencing by integrating the Polycom netw ork devices and endpoints into Microsoft® platforms. The Polycom® RealPresence® Collaboration Server (C ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 978

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-2 Polycom, Inc. TLS certificates can be ge nerated using the following methods: CSR, PFX and P EM; each giving different options for Encryption Key length . Table H-1 lists the SIP TLS Encryption Key length support for the various system components. Confere ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 979

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-3 Figure H-1 Collaboration Server Multiple Networks T opology ICE is supported with this configuration from Version 7.8 onward. One Network Service including ICE can be configured per media card installed in the Collaboration Server as shown in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 980

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-4 Polycom, Inc. Interactive Connectivity Est ablishment (ICE) Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE) pr ovides a structure/pr otocol to unify the various NAT Traversal techniques th at are used to cross firewalls. It enables SIP based endpoints to con ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 981

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-5 Branch Office - a connection between an endpoint that is behind a firewall and the Collaboration Server that reside in the same zone. The user in the Branch Office can also place and receive calls from other enterprise s and remote users. For ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 982

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-6 Polycom, Inc. For example, if company B wants to set up fe deration with company A and receive and send SIP calls that will be handl ed by the Polycom SIP si gnaling domain in company A, you need to add the FQDN of the company A Office Co mmuni cations Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 983

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-7 For a detailed description of the configuration of the Polyco m conferencing components for the integration in Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 see Polycom® HDX and Collaboration Server™ Systems Integration with Microsoft Office ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 984

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-8 Polycom, Inc. 2 Expand the Enter prise Pools list. 3 Right-click the server pool icon, click Properties > Front End Properties . The Pool Front End Properties dialog box opens. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 985

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-9 4 Click th e Host Authorizati on tab. 5 Click th e Add button to add the Collaboration Server as trusted host. The Add Authorized Host dialog box opens. 6 In the Add Authorized Host dialog box, enter the Collaboration Server FQDN name as defi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 986

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-10 Polycom, Inc. 10 Click the Add button. The Add Static Routes dialog box opens. 11 In the Matching URI section, enter the Domain name for the Collaboration Server. Any domain name can be used. 12 In the Next hop section enter the Collaboration Server FQDN ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 987

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-11 Optional. Setting the St atic Route & T rusted Host for Collaboration Server in the Load Balancer Server If your network includes a Lo ad Balancer se rver, the Collab oration Server unit must be configured as a trus ted host in the Load ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 988

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-12 Polycom, Inc. Collaboration Server in the Office Communications Server” on page 7 . Configuring the Colla boration Server System The required tasks are de tailed in " Configuring the Collaborat ion Server for Microsoft Integration” on page H- 37 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 989

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-13 Setting the Numerical Dialing Method The Collaboration Server can be configured as a Voice Gateway in the OCS environment, enabling dialing in to meeting rooms using nu mbers instead of or in addition to SIP URI addresses which are long stri ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 990

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-14 Polycom, Inc. For a detailed description of the configuration of the Polycom conferencing components for the integration in Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 see Polycom® HDX and Collaboration Server™ Systems Integration with Microsoft Of fi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 991

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-15 The Office Communications Server in frastructu re uses the WMI class MSFT_SIPTrustedAddInServiceSetting to store information for each voice gatewa y in the infrastructure. Typically, these ga teways are Office Communications Server Mediation ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 992

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-16 Polycom, Inc. To establish the voice route: 1 Open the OCS R2 management Console and right click on Forest and then click Properties > Voice Properties . The Office Communications Server Voice Properties dialog box opens. 2 Click the Routes tab. Offic ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 993

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-17 6 In the Target Regular Expression field enter ^ and the MCU prefix as defined in the gatekeeper. This prefix is also defined in the Collaboration Server IP Network Service . For example, if 11 is the Collaboration Se rver prefix defined in ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 994

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-18 Polycom, Inc. 7 In the Gateways - Addresses box, click the Add button. The Add Route Gateway dialog box opens. 8 Select the Collaboration Server gateway address that was set up in “Configuring the Collaboration Server as a Routable Gateway” that appe ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 995

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-19 4 In the right pane, right-click one or more us ers whom you want to configure, and then select Configure users . The Welcome to the Configure Users Wizard opens. 5 On the Welcome to the Configure Users Wizard dialog box, click Next . 6 On t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 996

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-20 Polycom, Inc. 12 Select Change locatio n profile for selected users. 13 Select a location profile from the list, and then click Next . 14 On the Ready to Configure Users dialog box, review the settings, and then click Next . 15 On the Configure Operation ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 997

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-21 3 Click th e Communications tab . 4 Click th e Telepho ny Setting s - Configure button. The Telephony Options dialog box opens. 5 Select the Enable Enterprise Voice option. 6 Click OK to return to the Properties - Communications dialog box . ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 998

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-22 Polycom, Inc. St arting a Conferencing Call from the MOC 1 In the Office Communicator application, en ter the number to dial, for example, 113344. This number is composed of the Collaborat ion Server Prefix in the Gatekeeper (for example, 11) and the Mee ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 999

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-23 PFX Method - Creating the Security (TLS) Certificate in the OCS and Exporting the Certificate to the Collaboration Server W orkst ation If you are using the PFX method to create and send the security certificate to the Collaboration Server , ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1000

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-24 Polycom, Inc. 4 Select Create a New Certificate and click Next . The Delayed or Immediate Request window appears. 5 Select Send the Request immediately to an online certificate autho rity and click Next . The Name and Security Settings window appears. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1001

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-25 6 In the Name field, select the Collaboration Server name you entered in the FQDN field when defining the trusted host or as defined in the DNS server. 7 Select the Mark cert as exportable check box. 8 Click Next . The Organization Informati ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1002

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-26 Polycom, Inc. 10 In the Subject name field, select the FQDN name of the Collaborati on Server from the list or ente r its na me. Keep the default selection in the Subject alternate name field and click Next . 11 If an error message is displayed, click Ye ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1003

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-27 13 Ensure that the Select a certificate authority from the list detected in your environment option is selected and that the local OCS front end entity is selected. 14 Click Next . The Request Summary window appears. 15 Click Next to confirm ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1004

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-28 Polycom, Inc. 16 Select Assign certificate la ter and click Next (MS R2). The Certificate Wizard Completed window appears (MS R2). 17 Click Finish (MS R2) . Retrieving the Certificate from the OC S to be sent to the Collaboration Server Workst ation 1 In ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1005

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-29 4 Select the certificate Subject Name of the Collaboration Server and click Next. The Export Certificate window appears. 5 Enter the path and file name of the certificate file to be exported or click the Browse button to select the path from ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1006

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-30 Polycom, Inc. 7 If required, enter any password. For example, Polycom . Write down this pa ssword as you will have to manually creat e a password file in which this password will appear. Click Next . The Certificate Wizard Completed window appears. 8 Cli ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1007

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-31 Supporting Remote and Fe derated Users in Office Communications Server ICE Environment To enable the remote and Federation connect ions the following operations must be performed: • Create an Active Directory account for the Co llaboration ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1008

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-32 Polycom, Inc. 3 In the New User wizard, defi ne the fo llowing parameters: 4 Click Next . 5 Enter the pass word that complies with th e Active Directory conventions and confirm the password. 6 Select the options: User cannot change password and Password ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1009

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-33 7 Click Next . The system displays summary information. 8 Click Finish . The new User is added to the Active Directory Users list. Enabling the Collaboration Server User Account for Office Communication Server The new Collaboration Server us ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1010

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-34 Polycom, Inc. 3 In the Sign in name field, enter the Collaboration Server user name in the format SIP:rmx user name (for example sip:rmx1234) and select the domain name (for example, ilsnd.vsg.local) as entered in the New User dialog box. 4 Select the Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1011

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-35 Collaboration Server Integration into the Microsof t L ync Server 2010 and L ync Server 2013 Environment s From Version 7.8, the The RMX interoperabilit y level with Lync 2013 is identical to Lync 2010. Lync 2013 is backward compa tib le wit ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1012

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-36 Polycom, Inc. • Setting an additional system flag may be re quired on the Collaboration Server when running Video Switching conferences. For more details, see " Collaboration Server Configur ation for CAC Implem entation” on page H-64 . FEC Supp ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1013

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-37 Content Sharing via Polycom CSS (Conte nt Sharing Suite) Plug-in for L ync Client s The Polycom CSS (Content Sharing Suite) Plug-i n for Lync clients allows Lync clients to receive and send Content on a separate channel, without having to us ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1014

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-38 Polycom, Inc. 4 Click the DNS tab. 5 In the DNS field, select Specify to define the DNS parameters. 6 View or modify the following fields: 7 Click OK . Ta b l e 9 Management Network Properties – DNS Parameters Field Description MCU Host Name Enter the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1015

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-39 Defining a SIP Network Se rvice in the Collaboration Server and Inst alling the Security Certificate Your RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) system should be inst alled according to standard installation procedures. For de tails, see th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1016

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-40 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the RMX Management pane, expand the Rarely Used list and click IP Network Services () . 3 In the IP Network Services pane, dou ble-click the Default IP Service ( , , o r ) entry. The Default IP Service - Net working IP dialog box opens ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1017

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-41 6 Click th e SIP Servers tab. 7 In the SIP Server, select Specify. 8 In the SIP Server Type, select Microsof t . 9 Enter the IP address of the Office Communica tions Server 2007 or Lync Server 2010 and the Server Domain Name as defined in th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1018

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-42 Polycom, Inc. CSR Method - Creati ng the Certificate 12 Click the Create Certificate button. The Create Certificate Request dialog box is displayed. 13 Enter infor mation in all the f ollowing fields: 14 Click Send Details . Ta b l e H - 1 Create Certifi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1019

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-43 The Collaboration Server creates a New Certificate Request and ret urns it to the Create Certificate Request dialog box along with the information the user submitted. 15 Click Copy Request to copy the New Certificate Request to the workstati ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1020

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-44 Polycom, Inc. CSR Method - Sending the certificat e After you have received the certificate from the Certificate Authority: 19 Open the Certifi cate Authority e-m ail and Copy ( Ctrl + C ) the certificate i nformation from the Certificate Authority’s e ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1021

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-45 — If the certifica te matches the private key, and the task is completed, a confirmation message indicating that the certif icate was created successf ully is displayed. 26 If no additional conf igurat ion is required, rese t the Collabora ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1022

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-46 Polycom, Inc. 28 Click the Browse button. The Open dialog box appears, lett ing you select th e certif icate file(s) to send to the M CU. Depending on the method used when the ce rtificate file(s) were created, send the certificate fil e(s) to the Collab ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1023

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-47 33 In the Reset Confirmation di a l o g b o x , c l i c k No to modify the required syst em flags before resetting the MCU, or click Yes if the flag was already set . Collaboration Server Syst em Flag Configuration Enabling the Micros of t E ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1024

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-48 Polycom, Inc. In some configurations, the following flags may r equire modifications when MS_ENVIRONMENT f lag is set to YES: Setting the audio protoc ol for the Microsof t C lient running on a single core PC By default, Microsoft Office Communicator R2 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1025

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-49 • AUTO – No forcing occurs and the Collaborati on Server negotiates a full set of Audio algorithm during capabilities exchange. • G711A/U or G722 – Set this flag val ue according to the hosting workstati on capabilities. If the Colla ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1026

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-50 Polycom, Inc. The following table describes the number of allocated video resources for each video resolution when using the RTV protocol. HD720p > 600 kbps HD720p 30fps HD72 0p 13fps VGA 15fps 250 kbps - 600 kbps VGA 30fps VGA 30fps VGA 15fp s 180 kb ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1027

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-51 HD Frame Rate Flag Settings using the RTV Video Protocol The system flag MAX_ALLOWED_RTV_H D_FRAME_RATE defines the threshold Frame Rate (fps) in which RTV Video Protocol initiates HD resolutions. Flag values are a s follows: Default: 0 (fps ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1028

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-52 Polycom, Inc. Sharing Content via the Polycom CSS Plug-in for L ync Clients From version 8.1, Polycom CSS (Content Sharing Suite) Plug-in for L ync clients allows L ync clients to receive and send Content on a separate channel, wit hout having to use the ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1029

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-53 • When set to NO (defa ult), Content is sent to all Lync clie nts over the video channel, including those with the Polycom CSS plug-in installed, even w hen the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints is disabled. Other, non-Lync legacy endpoi nt ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1030

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-54 Polycom, Inc. • The properties of the Lync client are t hose of a video participant. However, the Content channel will show 0 as there is no content channel. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1031

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-55 Adding Presence to Conferencing Entities in the Buddy List Registration of conferencing entities (Meeting Rooms, Entry Queues and SIP Factories) with the SIP server adds these confer encing entities to the buddy list with their presence. It ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1032

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-56 Polycom, Inc. •I n Multiple Ne tworks configuration, an IP Network Servi ce that is enabled for registration in a Conference Profile cannot be deleted. • Upgrading from previous versions to versi on 7.1 and later requires manual update of the registr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1033

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-57 3 In the New Use r wizard, define the fo llowing parameters: 4 Click Next . 5 Enter the pass word that complies with th e Active Directory convention s and confirm the password. 6 Select the options: User cannot change password and Password ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1034

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-58 Polycom, Inc. Enabling the Conferencing Entity User Account for Office Communication Server or L ync Server The new Conferencing Entity user must be enabled for registration with the Office Communications Server or Lync Server. To enable the Confer encin ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1035

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-59 8 Select the following parameters: — In Assign users to a pool fie l d, select the required pool. — In the Generate user SIP URI , define the SIP URI of the confe rencing entity using one of the following methods: • Select the Specify ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1036

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-60 Polycom, Inc. Selective registration is enabled by assigning a conference Profil e in which registration is enabled to the conferencing entities that requ ire registration. Assignin g a conference Profile in which registration is disa bled (registration ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1037

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-61 V erifying the Collaborat ion Server Conferencing Entity Routing Name and Profile Collaboration Server conferencing entity can be dialed directly from the buddy list of the Office Communications client or the Lync client if its routing name ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1038

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-62 Polycom, Inc. When SIP registration is not enabled in th e conference profile, the Collaboration Server's registering to SIP Servers will each register with an URL derived from its own signaling address. This unique URL replac es the non-unique URL, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1039

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-63 Conferencing Entity Properties Registration status is reflected in the Properties - Networ k Services dialog box: Figure H-7 Ongoing conference Properties - Network Services - SIP Registra tion Figure H-8 Meeting Room Properties - Network Se ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1040

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-64 Polycom, Inc. Collaboration Server Configuration for CAC Implement ation Enabling CAC Implementation CAC is enabled by manually adding the flags to the system Configuration and setting their values as follows: • To enable the Call Admission Control imp ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1041

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-65 For example, if a participa nt with a line rate of 900Kbps connects to the conference to which all other participants are connected at a line rate of 1024kbps, the line rate of all participants will decrease to 900Kbps. Whe n this particip a ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1042

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-66 Polycom, Inc. Connecting a Collaboratio n Server Meeting Room to a Microsof t A V -MCU Conference Microsoft Lync users can connect an Collabor ation Server Me eting Room to a conference running on the Microsoft A/V MCU. This allows Collaboration Se rver ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1043

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-67 Configuring the Collaboration Server for Federated (ICE) Dialing The Collaboration Server Default IP Network Service must be configured to work with the Office Communication Server/Lyn c Server as the SIP Server and the Collaboration Server ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1044

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-68 Polycom, Inc. 7 Click the SIP Advanced tab. 8 In the ICE Envi ronmen t field, select MS (for Microsoft ICE implementation) to enable the ICE integration. This field is disabled if the Co llaboration Server is running in MPM Card Configuration Mode . 9 In ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1045

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-69 Monitoring the Connection to the STUN and Relay Se rvers in the ICE Environment 1 In the Collaboration Server Web browser, in the Collaboration Server Management pane, click Signal ing Monitor . 2 In the Signaling Monitor pane, click the IP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1046

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-70 Polycom, Inc. 2 Click the Channel Status - Advance d tab. The following connection in formation is displayed: Ta b l e H - 8 Participant Properties - IC E Connection Parameters Field Description Collaboration Server IP Address The local IP address and po ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1047

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-71 For detailed descripti on of ICE Active alarms, see " ICE Active Alarms” on page H-73 . ICE Participant IP Address The IP address and the Port number of the en dpoint used to pass through the media. This informa tion changes according ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1048

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-72 Polycom, Inc. Active Alarms and T roubleshooting Active Alarms The following active alarms may be di splayed in the Collaboration Server System Alerts pane when the Collaboration Server is config ured for integration in the OCS environment: T able H-9 Ne ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1049

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-73 ICE Active Alarms When ICE environment is enabled in the Collab oration Server, failure to communicate with a required component tr iggers the display of an Active Alarm in the System Alerts pane. The following table lists these act ive alar ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1050

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-74 Polycom, Inc. T roubleshooting • At the end of the installation and configurat ion process, to test the solution and the integration with the OCS, create an ongoing confer ence with two pa rticipants, one dial- in and one dial-out and connect them to t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1051

    Appendix H-Setting the Collab oration Ser ver for Integration Int o Microsoft Environment Polycom, Inc. H-75 • The communication between the OCS and the Collaboration Server can be checked in the Logger files: — SIP 401/407 reject messages indicate that the Collaboration Server is not configured as Trusted in the OCS an d must be configured acc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1052

    Polycom® RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) 1500 /2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide H-76 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1053

    Polycom, Inc. I-1 Appendix I Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Collaboration With Cisco’ s T elepresence Interoperability Protocol (TIP) TIP is a proprietary protocol created by Cisco for deployment in Cisco TelePresence systems (CTS) . Since TIP is not compatible with st andard video communication sy stems, interoperability between Cisco ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1054

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-2 Polycom, Inc. Conferences hosted on the Collaboration Server can include a mix of existing end points (that do not support TIP) and CTS endpoints. TIP -enabled endpoints must support TIP Ver sion 7 or higher. Calls from endpoints supporting older versions of TIP ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1055

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-3 Figure I- 1 Single company with Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure - Polycom endpoints using SIP From Version 8.1.1 , Polycom endpoints can also connect to Entry Que u es, Meeting Rooms and conferences using all protocols, including TIP and SIP . The following table lists componen ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1056

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-4 Polycom, Inc. Cisco Unified Presence 8.5, 8.6 Network-based Presence and Instant Messaging. Cisco Unified Contact Center Express 8.0, 8.5 Call distributor (ACD), interactive voice response (IVR) and computer te lephony integration (CTI). Cisco IP Communicator 7.0 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1057

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-5 Collaborati on Server 7.6 and higher MCU: • Functions as the netw ork bridge for multipoint cal ls between H.323 , SIP and TIP endpoints. • The Collabora tion Server can be inte rfaced to CUCM using a SIP trunk, enablin g CTS to join multipoi nt calls on Collaboration Server ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1058

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-6 Polycom, Inc. Call Flows Multipoint call with DMA In this example: • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Number Generated by DMA ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1059

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-7 Multipoint call without DMA In this example: • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper 72 • CUCM According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with prefix 72 to the Collaboration Server ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1060

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-8 Polycom, Inc. Comp any to Company Models Using a Service Provider Using this topology, both companies connect to a Service Provider via a Cisco Session Border Controller ( SBC) . The Service Pro vider functions as a B2B Telepresence Exchange, enabling multipoint ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1061

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-9 Model 1 The deployment architecture in Figure I-2 shows two companies: Company A and Company B . Company A - has deployed a Polycom solution including: • DMA • Collaboration Server • MLA • CMA Gatekeeper • Polycom telephony and desktop endpoints. The roles of the Polyc ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1062

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-10 Polycom, Inc. Call Flow Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 1 In this example: • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 72512 3 • DMA Meeting Number Generated by DMA ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1063

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-11 Model 2 The deployment architecture in Figure I-3 shows two companies: Company A and Company B . Company A - has the same deployment architecture as shown in "Single Company Model - Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure” on page I-2 . Company B - has deployed a Cisco solution ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1064

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-12 Polycom, Inc. The deployment architecture includes: Company A For a full description of Company A’s deployment, se e " Single Company Model - Polycom and Cisco Infrastructure” on page I-2 . Differing or additional configuration requirem ents for each el ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1065

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-13 Call Flow Multipoint call via Serv ice Provider - Model 2 In this example: • Collaboration Server prefix in the gatekeeper72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • CUCM According to its Dial Plan forwards calls with prefix 72 to the Collaboration Server Administration The ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1066

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-14 Polycom, Inc. For more information see the Polycom Unified Comm unications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments , “ Using a Polycom CMA System as a Gatekeeper ”. St andalone Cisco IOS Gatekeeper The Cisco IOS Gatekeeper can be used as the only gatekeeper ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1067

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-15 Content Polycom and Cisco endpoints can share Content within a Cisco TeleP resence environment. The content sharing experience depends on whether the endpoints are registered with the DMA or CUCM . • H.239 — A variety of resolutions and frame rates are supported. For more i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1068

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-16 Polycom, Inc. a With Neighbored IOS and CMA Gatekeepers For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments , “ Configuring Cisco Unified Comm unications Manager for H.323 ”. b With CMA Gatekeeper For more info ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1069

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-17 The following procedures 1 - 16 are a summary of the configuration procedures. The detailed procedures 1 - 16 begin with " Procedure 1: Set the MIN_TIP_COM PATIBILITY_ LINE_RATE System F lag” on page I-19 . Configuring the Collaboration Server 1 Set the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBI ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1070

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-18 Polycom, Inc. The procedur es for configu ring H.323 endpoints are described in detai l in the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Cisco Environments. 15 Configuring SIP endpoints to register to: a DMA as SIP Proxy b CUCM as SIP Proxy The procedu ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1071

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-19 Configuring the Con ference and Entry Queu e IVR Services The IVR module includes two types of services: • Conferen ce IVR Service tha t is used with conferences • Entry Queue IVR Service that is used with Entry Queues The configuration process is the same for TIP and non-T ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1072

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-20 Polycom, Inc. b The Port field must be set to it’s default value: 50 60 . (By default, t he Outbound Proxy Server is the same as the SIP Server .) When configuring Collaboration Server to statically route SIP calls to DMA or CUCM , it is important to also conf ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1073

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-21 2 In the MCU Prefix in Gateke eper field, enter the prefix that the Collaboration Server uses to register with the gatekeeper. Procedure 4: Configur ing a TIP Enabled Prof ile on the Collaboration Server TIP enabled profiles must be used for the Entry Queues and Meeting Rooms d ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1074

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-22 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at least that specified f or the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag in Procedure 1 . 3 Click the Advanced tab. 4 Select the TIP Compatibility mode: Video and Content is re ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1075

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-23 The following tables list the system’s Content sharing behavior for the various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoints: Polycom Immersive Telepresence Systems ( ITP ) Version 3.0.3 : Polycom video conferencing endpoints ( HDX ) Version 3.0 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1076

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-24 Polycom, Inc. Selecting TIP Compatibility as Video and Content disabl es Content Settin gs in the Video Quality tab. In Prefer TIP mode, it is pre-requisite t hat the CTS and CUCM versions support H.264 base profile content without restrictions and that the CTS ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1077

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-25 6 Click th e Video Settings tab. If the TIP Compatibility Mode was set to Video and Content , the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints disabled. This setting cannot be changed. 7 Set the Telepresence Mode to Auto . 8 Assign the New Profile to the Mee ting Room. For more information ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1078

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-26 Polycom, Inc. 2 In the New Entry Queue or Entry Queue Properties dialog box, ensure that Ad Hoc is selected. 3 Ensure that the Entry Que ue is designated as the Transit Entry Queue as described in " Setting a Transit Entry Queue” on page 7-6 . Procedure 6 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1079

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-27 b Click the Advanced tab. c Ensure that: • Video Bit Rate is set to Automatic or at least equal to or greater than the value specified by the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag . • Resolution is set to Auto or at least HD 720 . • Video Protocol is set to Auto or ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1080

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-28 Polycom, Inc. The deployment architecture in Figure I-1 shows a company that has a mixture of Polycom, Cisco and Microsoft endpoints, room systems and telep hon y equipment that needs to enable multipoint calls between all its video and audi o endpoints using th ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1081

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-29 Figure I- 4 POCN Polycom, Microsoft and Cisco Infras tructure. Solution Architecture components . Component Ve r s i o n Polycom HDX 3.0.5 RSS 8.0 DMA 5.0 CMA 6.0.1 CMAD 5.2.3 ITP (OTX, RPX, A TX, TPX) 3.0.5 Conferen cing for Out look (PCO) 1.0.7 T ouch Control 1.3 Microsoft OC ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1082

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-30 Polycom, Inc. The following are not supported: •I n the Lync environment : — Sending or receiving Content . — Dial-out to Lync clients. — Presence of VMRs •I n the Cisco environment : — TLS and SRTP — OBTP Exchange 2010 SP2 14.2.247.5 Outlook 2007 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1083

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-31 Call Flow Multipoint Calls using DMA In this example: • Endpoint registration to either DMA , Lyn c or CUCM. • DMA dial in Pre fix 72 • Virtual Meeting Room in DMA 725123 • DMA Meeting Num ber Generated by DMA Administration The various deployment combinat ions and sett ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1084

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-32 Polycom, Inc. DMA The DMA system can be configured as a SIP proxy and registrar for the environment as well as a Gatekeeper for dial in H.323 ca lls . Wh en con fig ur ed a s a Gateway for dial in H.323 calls, it enables H .323 endpoints to connect to the same V ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1085

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-33 ASR (Cisco SBC) 100x The Cisco Aggregation Servi ces Routers (ASR) Series includes Cisco IOS XE Software Internetwo rk Operating System - Gateke eper . It controls and manages real-time mul timedia traffic flows between IP/SIP network borde rs, handling signaling, data, voice, ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1086

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-34 Polycom, Inc. TIP Layout Support & Resource Usage Cisco Telepresence endpoints using TIP protocol support only one (CTS 1000) or three (CTS 3000) display screens. Therefore, Polycom Tele prese nce endpoints will adjust their display to use one or three scree ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1087

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-35 Resource Allocation The MCU media processor (ART) supports up to three TIP-enabled screens as follows: • One TIP-enabled endpoint with three screens • Up to three TIP-enabled endpoint with one screen TIP-enabled endpoint with thr ee sc reens must be handled by the same medi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1088

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-36 Polycom, Inc. b In the SIP Serv ers tab of the IP Network Services Properties dialog box: iIn the Certificate Method drop-down menu, select PEM/P FX . iiClick the Send Certificate button. The Install File dialog box is dis played. iiiBrowse to t he saved Certifi ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1089

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-37 i In the Outbound Proxy Servers table, the Por t field must be set to 50 61 . (The same value as ent ered in Step g.) For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deployment Guide for Microsoft Environments . 1 Set the ITP_CERTIFICATION System Flag to YES . When ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1090

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-38 Polycom, Inc. For more information see the Polycom Unified Communications Deploy ment Guide for Microsoft Environments , “ Deployment Process for Polycom Immersive Telepres ence Systems ”. 8 Register Lync Clients to the Lync server For more information see t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1091

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-39 b In the New Profile - General tab, set the Line Rate to a value of at least that sp ecified for the MIN_TIP_COMPATIBILITY_LINE_RATE System Flag in Procedure 1 . c Click the Advanced tab. d Select the TIP Compatibility mode: Prefer TIP is recommended if Polycom endpoints are to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1092

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-40 Polycom, Inc. The following tables list the system’s Content sharing behavior for the various combinations of TIP Compatibility mode settings and the following endpoints: Polycom Immersive Telepresenc e Systems ( ITP ) Version 3.0.3 : Polycom video conferencin ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1093

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-41 In Prefer TIP mode, it is pre-requisite t hat the CTS and CUCM versions support H.264 base profile content without restrictions and that the CTS version be 1.9.1 or higher and that CUCM version be version 9.0 o r higher. Encryption Encryption between the RealPresence Collab ora ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1094

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-42 Polycom, Inc. To enable DTLS negotiation for content encryp tion: 1 In a new or existing Profile , click the Advanced tab. 2 Set Encryption to either Encrypt All or Encrypt when possible . 3 Set the FOR CE_ENCRYPTION_FOR_U NDEFINED_PARTI CIPANT_IN_WHEN_ AVAILABL ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1095

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-43 a Click the Video Quality tab. Content Sett ings is disabled if TIP Compatibilit y is set to Video and Content in the Advanced tab. b Click the Video Settings tab. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1096

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-44 Polycom, Inc. If the TIP Compatibility Mode was set to Video and Content , the Send Content to Legacy Endpoints disabled. This setting cannot be changed. c Set the Telepresence Mode to Auto/On and select the Telepresence Layout Mode . 4 Assign the New Profile to ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1097

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-45 End points 6 Configure HDX endpoints to register to Lync Serve r. The procedures for configuring HDX endpoints are described i n detail in the Polycom Unified Communications Dep loy ment Guide for Microsoft Environments . 7 Configure H.323 endpoints to register to DMA as SIP Pr ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1098

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-46 Polycom, Inc. Operations During Ongoing Conferences Moving participants between TIP enabled m eetings and non TIP enabled meetings is not possible. Monitoring CTS Particip ant s 1 In the Participant List pane double-click the part icipant entry. Alternatively, r ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1099

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-47 When viewing CTS systems in the Participants list, the in dividual video screens and the Audio Channel ( AUX ) of the CTS system are listed as s eparate participants. The Participant list below shows a connected CTS 3000, a 3-screen system. L ync Particip ants (RTV) 1 In the Pa ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1100

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-48 Polycom, Inc. 3 Click the Channel Status - Advance d tab 4 In the Channel Info drop-down menu select Video Out. Media Info displays RTV Channel Status parameters: Known Limit ations The following may occur in the collaborative environment: • Artifacts and ghos ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1101

    Appendix I-Polycom Open Collaboration Network (POCN) Polycom, Inc. I-49 • Auto Layout sometimes ignored for CTS and Lync Clients calling through DMA . Frequency: Rarely. • Conte nt sent from HDX endpoint is received by all endpoints for 1 second before stopping. Conference is Content to Legacy enabled and TIP Compatibility is Video Only . Frequ ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1102

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide I-50 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1103

    Polycom, Inc. J-1 Appendix J Restoring Default s You can erase the current Collaboration Server configuration and restore default factory settings. There are two Restore levels: • Standard Restore • Comprehensive Restore This tool is intended for Administrato r users, to be perf ormed prior to RMA. S tandard Restore The Standard Restore level ( ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1104

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-2 Polycom, Inc. Restoring Factory Default s Restoring the Collaboration Server to Factory Defaults can be pe rformed using the: • Administration Tools in the Co llaboration Server menu This method is used when the user can login with Administrator or Support syst ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1105

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-3 The Backup Configuration Dialog box opens. a Click Browse to select the Backup Directory Path and select Backup . The system initiates the backup of Collaboration Server configuration file s. b Optional. To exit cl ick Close . 5 When the backup completes, a confirmation dialog box is displayed. 6 Cli ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1106

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-4 Polycom, Inc. USB Restore Restoring the RMX Using the USB Port can be used to set the RMX back to its factory default settings, if for any combination of f actors th e system becomes unstable or unmanageable. There are also administrative operat ions that cannot ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1107

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-5 • RMX 4000 - at the bottom right corner of the RTM IP 4000 card on the back panel. Operations Performed Using a USB Device The USB port of an RMX in Ultra Secur e Mode can be used to: • Restore the RMX to Default (Normal) Security mode (http s  http). •P e r f o r m a Comprehensive Restore t ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1108

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-6 Polycom, Inc. The Comprehensive Restore to Fa ctory Defaults deletes the following files: •C D R • Address Book • Log Files • Faults • Dump Files •N o t e s In addition all the conferencing entities are deleted: • Entry Queues •P r o f i l e s • ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1109

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-7 (If the RMX is unresponsive after these procedures a fur ther restart may be ne cessary.) Step 1: Backup Config uration Files The Software Management menu is used to backup and re store the RMX's configuration files and to download MCU software. To backup configuration files: a On the Collaborat ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1110

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-8 Polycom, Inc. b In the Network Connections window, double-click the Local Area Connection th at has Connected status. c In the Local Area Connection Status dialog box, click the Prop erties button. Local Are a Connection Connected St atus ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1111

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-9 d In the Local Area Connection Properties dialog box, select Internet Protocol [TCP/IP] > Properties . e In the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Proper ties dialog box, select Use the foll owing IP address . f Enter the IP address, Subnet mask and Default gateway for the w orkstatio n. The workstation? ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1112

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-10 Polycom, Inc. g Click the OK button. Control Unit Subnet Mask 255.255.240.0 Default Router IP Address 169.254.1 92.1 Shelf Management IP Addr ess 169.254.192.16 Shelf Management Subnet Mask 255.255.240.0 Shelf Management Default Gateway 169.254.192.1 T able J-1 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1113

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-11 Step 3: Connect the RM X to the Workstation The Alternate Management Network enables direc t access to the RMX for support purposes. The Alternate Management Network cannot be con figured and op erates according to factory defaults. Access to the Alternate Management Network is via a cable connecte ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1114

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-12 Polycom, Inc. Step 9: Connect to the Al ternate Management Network a Start the RMX Web Client application on the workstation, by entering http:// 169.254.192.10 (the Control Un it IP Address ) in the browser’s address line and pressing Enter . The Login dialog ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1115

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-13 The system prompts with a restart dialog box: Step 11: Unplug the USB device. >> Remove the USB device from the USB port of the RMX . Step 12: Restart the RMX. >> In the restart dialog box, click Yes . Step 13: Restore the System Co nfiguration Fro m the Backup. To restore configuration ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1116

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-14 Polycom, Inc. Step 3: Open the Certificat ion Rep ository . Step 4: Update the CRL files. Step 5: Update the Repository . Step 6: Re-connect to the RMX . Step 7: Re-enable Secured Communications Mode . Step 1: Download and save the updated CRL fil es from the CA ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1117

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-15 b Click Add . c In the Install File dialog box, select the DER or PEM format depending on which file format was chosen in Step 1 of this procedure . d Click the Browse button to navigate to the fo lder on the workstation where you saved the CRL files in Step 1 of this procedure. e Select the CRL fil ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1118

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-16 Polycom, Inc. The Hardware Monitor pane is displayed. d Click the Reset button. The RMX restarts. System restart can take 5 - 10 minutes, depending on the RMX ’s configuration. Using the RMX Manager : e In the MCUs list, sel ect the RMX to be updated. f Right- ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1119

    Appendix J-Restoring D efaults Polycom, Inc. J-17 A system restart confirma tion message is displayed. f Click Yes to restart the RMX . The RMX restarts . System restart can take 5 - 10 minutes, depending on the RMX ’s configuration. g In the MCUs list, sel ect the RMX to be updated. h In MCU Properties , change the Port number from 80 to 443 . i ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1120

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide J-18 Polycom, Inc. ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1121

    Polycom, Inc. K-1 Appendix K SIP RFC Support Ta b l e K - 1 SIP RFC Support in RealPresence Collaboration Server (RMX) Systems SIP RFC Description Note 1321 MD5 2032 RTP Payload for H.261 2205 RSVP 2327 Session Description Protocol (SDP) 2429 RTP Payload for H.263+ 2833 RTP Payload for DTMF 2617 HTTP Authentication 2976 SIP Info Method 3261 SIP 326 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1122

    RealPresence Collaboration Ser ver (RMX) 1500/2000/4000 Administrator’ s Guide for Ma ximum S ecurity Environments K-2 Polycom, Inc. 4566 Sess ion Description Protocol (SDP) 4568 SDP Security Descriptions 4573 H.224 RTP Payload (FECC) 4574 SDP Label Attribute 4582 Binary Floor Control Protocol (BFCP) 4583 SDP for BFCP 4796 SDP Content Attribute 5 ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1123

    Polycom, Inc. L-1 Appendix L Homologation for Brazil H.323 & SIP Protocol Flag Options Using a set of system flags, the user has the ab ility to select either Polycom proprietary or H.323/SIP standard protocol settings. H.323 & SIP Flag Settings Three flags are enabled on the Collaboration Serv er, allowing the user to define and select eit ...

  • Polycom 1500 - page 1124

    RealPresence Collaboration Server (R MX ) 1500/2000/4000 Adm inistrator’ s Guide L-2 Polycom, Inc. Flag name: H323_TIMERS_SET_INDEX Flag description: Enables or di sables H.323 index timer accordin g to standard or proprietary H.323 protocol. Section CS_MODU LE_PARAMETERS Possible values: 0 - Sets the H.323 index timer to Polycom proprietary (fla ...

Manufacturer Polycom Category Server

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Polycom 1500 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Polycom technical drawings
- 1500 manuals
- Polycom product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Polycom 1500
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Polycom 1500.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Polycom 1500, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Polycom 1500. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Polycom 1500.

Similar manuals

A complete manual for the device Polycom 1500, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Polycom 1500 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Polycom 1500.

A complete Polycom manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Polycom 1500 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Polycom 1500, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Polycom 1500, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Polycom 1500 - which should help us in our first steps of using Polycom 1500
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Polycom 1500
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Polycom 1500 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Polycom 1500?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Polycom 1500, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Polycom 1500 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Comments (0)